                           C                      HP_DECprint_Supervisor_(DCPS)_for_OpenVMS_____ !                      User's Guide   .                      Order Number: AA-PSVFL-TE    "                      November 2005  A                      This guide describes how to use the DECprint G                      Supervisor software to print files and select DCPS *                      and printer features.          D                      Revision/Update Information: This manual super-G                                                   sedes the DCPS User's =                                                   Guide V2.4.   H                      Software Version:            HP DECprint SupervisorE                                                   (DCPS) for OpenVMS, =                                                   Version 2.5   G                      Operating System:            OpenVMS Alpha Version D                                                   6.2, 7.3-2, or 8.2E                                                   OpenVMS I64 Version >                                                   8.2 or 8.2-1E                                                   OpenVMS VAX Version D                                                   5.5-2, 6.2, or 7.3        ,                      Hewlett-Packard Company*                      Palo Alto, California                 E            __________________________________________________________   E             Copyright 2005 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.   @            Confidential computer software. Valid license from HPC            required for possession, use or copying. Consistent with ?            FAR 12.211 and 12.212, Commercial Computer Software, B            Computer Software Documentation, and Technical Data forE            Commercial Items are licensed to the U.S. Government under 0            vendor's standard commercial license.  @            The information contained herein is subject to change>            without notice. The only warranties for HP products=            and services are set forth in the express warranty >            statements accompanying such products and services.@            Nothing herein should be construed as constituting anD            additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical=            or editorial errors or omissions contained herein.   E            Adobe, Adobe PostScript 3 and PostScript are trademarks of &            Adobe Systems Incorporated.  D            Intel and Itanium are trademarks or registered trademarksA            of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United &            States and other countries.  B            Microsoft and Windows are U.S. registered trademarks of!            Microsoft Corporation.   <            UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.              Printed in the U.S.  D            The DECprint Supervisor documentation set is available on            CD-ROM.                               C    ________________________________________________________________   C                                                            Contents     C    Preface..................................................   xiii         1  Printing Files  C          1.1   Overview.....................................    1-1 C          1.2   Selecting a Data Type........................    1-2 C          1.3   Printing Two-Sided Documents.................    1-2 0          1.4   Specifying Landscape and PortraitC                Orientation..................................    1-3 C          1.5   Specifying Multiple Copies...................    1-4 :          1.6   Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of theC                Sheet........................................    1-4 C          1.7   Printing a Range of Pages....................    1-5 8          1.8   Delays in Deleting an Entry or Stopping aC                Queue........................................    1-6 C          1.9   File Formats.................................    1-6   7    2  Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of        Print Jobs and Queues   C          2.1   Displaying Print Jobs........................    2-1 C          2.2   Displaying Print Queues......................    2-4 C          2.3   Deleting a Print Job.........................    2-5 C          2.4   Modifying a Print Job........................    2-6                   C                                                                 iii                  )      3  Specifying Input and Output Trays   E            3.1   Selecting the Input Tray.....................    3-1 E            3.1.1     Specifying the Type of Media.............    3-2 E            3.1.1.1     Selecting by Page and Sheet Size.......    3-2 E            3.1.1.2     Selecting by Media Type................    3-2 E            3.1.2     Selecting Manual Feed....................    3-5 E            3.1.3     Using the Envelope Feeder................    3-5 E            3.2   Selecting the Output Tray....................    3-5 E            3.2.1     Manually Selecting Output Trays..........    3-6   !      4  Printing PostScript Files   7            4.1   Printing Jobs with Multiple PostScript E                  Files........................................    4-1 5            4.2   Printing Files that Contain Text and E                  PostScript...................................    4-1 :            4.3   Printing Files Created on Other OperatingE                  Systems .....................................    4-2 5            4.4   Creating Printer-Specific PostScript E                  Documents....................................    4-3 E            4.5   Creating Portable PostScript Documents.......    4-3 ;            4.6   Resolving Unrecognized PostScript Operator E                  Errors.......................................    4-4 ;            4.7   Using Example Files to Suppress PostScript E                  Operators....................................    4-4 8            4.7.1     Suppressing PostScript Operators onE                      Desktop Printers.........................    4-4 8            4.7.2     Suppressing PostScript Operators onE                      PrintServer Printers.....................    4-5         5  Printing ANSI Files   8            5.1   Printing Multiple ANSI Files in a PrintE                  Job..........................................    5-1 E            5.2   Emulating ANSI Printers......................    5-1 E            5.3   Processing Tabs in ANSI Files................    5-3 E            5.4   Emulating Printer Font Cartridges............    5-3 E            5.5   Using PostScript Operators to Change Trays...    5-4 8            5.6   Using ANSI Sequences to Print Duplex orE                  Simplex......................................    5-6 E            5.7   The LIST Data Type and Translator............    5-6 E            5.8   Printing the Euro Symbol.....................    5-7           iv                  @         6  Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter  H               6.1   Improvements to Image Printing...............    6-1H               6.2   Examples of Printing Image Files.............    6-2           7  Printing PCL Files   H               7.1   How PCL Files Are Printed....................    7-1H               7.2   Processing Files in Native PCL Mode..........    7-1@               7.2.1     PRINT Parameters that Prevent Native PCLH                         Usage ...................................    7-2H               7.3   Processing Files with the PCL Translator.....    7-3<               7.3.1     Using Print Parameters to Modify PCLH                         Print Jobs...............................    7-3H               7.3.1.1     Using the PAGE_SIZE Parameter..........    7-3=               7.3.1.2     Print Parameters Ignored for Native H                           PCL....................................    7-4<               7.3.2     Using Escape Sequences to Modify PCLH                         Print Jobs...............................    7-5H               7.3.3     Using a Setup Module.....................    7-6@               7.3.4     How the PCL Translator Differs from thatH                         in the LaserJet IID Printer..............    7-7H               7.4   Changing the Input Tray .....................    7-8@               7.5   Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL PrintH                     Jobs.........................................    7-9>               7.5.1     Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCLH                         Setup Modules............................   7-10=               7.5.2     Including Font and Macro Files in PCL H                         Print Jobs...............................   7-10A               7.6   PC Driver Settings to Avoid Problems with PJL H                     and TBCP.....................................   7-10H               7.6.1     Description of PJL and TBCP..............   7-11?               7.6.2     Steps to Prevent Problems with DECprint H                         Supervisor...............................   7-11H               7.6.2.1     Preventing Problems with PostScript....   7-11H               7.6.2.2     Problems with PCL......................   7-12?               7.7   Interaction Between Native PCL Printing and H                     Automatic DATA_TYPE Detection................   7-12H               7.8   Native PCL Mode Concatenates Files...........   7-13            H                                                                        v                 !      8  Printing Proprinter Files   <            8.1   Proprinter Translator Versus the ProprinterE                  Printer......................................    8-1 >            8.2   How DECprint Supervisor Recognizes ProprinterE                  Files........................................    8-2 >            8.3   Modifying the Default State of the ProprinterE                  Translator...................................    8-3 ;            8.3.1     Creating a Setup Module for Proprinter E                      Commands.................................    8-6 E            8.4   Changing the Printable Area..................    8-8 <            8.4.1     Proprinter Files That Do Not Fit on theE                      Page.....................................    8-9 <            8.4.2     Specifying the Page Size for ProprinterE                      Print Jobs...............................   8-11 9            8.5   Specifying the Input Tray for Proprinter E                  Print Jobs...................................   8-11 9            8.6   Including Soft Fonts in Proprinter Print E                  Jobs.........................................   8-12          9  Using the List Data Type  E            9.1   Using the List Data Type.....................    9-2 7            9.2   Using OpenVMS Forms with the List Data E                  Type.........................................    9-2   $      10  Using Advanced Page Layouts  E            10.1  Printing Two-Sided Documents.................   10-2 E            10.2  Specifying Landscape and Tumble Printing.....   10-4 8            10.3  Specifying Multiple PostScript Files inE                  Duplex Print Jobs............................   10-6 E            10.4  Specifying the Physical Sheet Size...........   10-6 <            10.5  Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of theE                  Sheet........................................   10-7 >            10.5.1    Using NUMBER_UP with Input Tray SelectionE                      Operators................................   10-8 E            10.5.2    Using NUMBER_UP with Page Orientation....   10-8 E            10.5.3    Using NUMBER_UP with Multiple Files......   10-8 E            10.6  Printing a Range of Pages....................   10-9 E            10.6.1    Using PAGE_LIMIT with Multiple Copies....  10-10 E            10.6.2    Restarting Interrupted Print Jobs........  10-11             vi                  ;               10.6.3    Using PAGE_LIMIT on Two-Sided Print H                         Jobs.....................................  10-11H               10.7  Specifying the Logical Page Size.............  10-12H               10.8  Changing the Size of the Printed Page........  10-138               10.8.1    Automatic Scaling When Queue HasH                         PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE Parameters .....  10-13    3         11  Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents   H               11.1  Specifying Layup Options in Print Jobs.......   11-1H               11.1.1    Specifying Layup in the Print Job........   11-1H               11.1.2    Specifying Margin Alternation............   11-3H               11.1.3    Specifying and Omitting Borders..........   11-4H               11.1.4    Specifying the First Page Spot to Use....   11-5H               11.1.5    Specifying the Page Grid.................   11-7H               11.1.6    Specifying Sheet Margins.................   11-7=               11.1.7    Specifying the Order of Page Spots to H                         Use......................................   11-8?               11.1.8    Specifying the Number of Pages to Print H                         on Each Side of a Sheet..................  11-11H               11.2  Creating Layup Definition Files..............  11-11H               11.2.1    Sample Layup Definition Files............  11-12H               11.3  Layup Error Notification.....................  11-14  -         12  Using Forms in Your PRINT Command   H               12.1  Finding Forms on Your System.................   12-1H               12.2  Using Forms with ANSI Files..................   12-2H               12.3  Using Forms with All Types of Files..........   12-3=               12.3.1    Using Forms that Invoke Setup Modules H                         (/SETUP).................................   12-3@               12.3.2    Using Forms that Specify the Paper StockH                         (/STOCK).................................   12-4H               12.4  Using the Default Form Definition............   12-4                    H                                                                      vii                 *      13  Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs  E            13.1  What Is a Setup Module?......................   13-1 E            13.2  Locating Setup Modules.......................   13-1 E            13.2.1    Locating Custom Setup Modules............   13-2 7            13.2.2    Displaying the Contents of a Setup E                      Module...................................   13-3 E            13.3  Creating a Setup Module......................   13-3 9            13.4  Modifying DECimage Parameters with Setup E                  Modules......................................   13-4 E            13.5  Resolution Setup Modules.....................   13-5   *      14  Controlling File Separation Pages  :            14.1  Controlling File Separation Pages for AllE                  Files........................................   14-2 6            14.2  Controlling File Separation Pages forE                  Individual Files ............................   14-2 >            14.3  Displaying the Default Separation Pages for aE                  Queue .......................................   14-2 :            14.4  Job Log and Trailer Pages Sent to DefaultE                  Tray On Error ...............................   14-3   $      15  Selecting Finishing Options  E            15.1  Punching.....................................   15-1 E            15.1.1    PUNCH DCL Syntax.........................   15-1 E            15.2  Stapling.....................................   15-2 E            15.2.1    STAPLE DCL Syntax........................   15-3 E            15.2.2    Stapling Positions.......................   15-3 E            15.2.3    Output Trays.............................   15-5 E            15.2.4    Paper Sizes..............................   15-5 E            15.2.5    Stapling Details.........................   15-5   )      16  Using the Error Handler to Debug   E            16.1  Including the Error Handler in a Print Job...   16-1 =            16.2  How the Error Handler Affects the PostScript E                  Environment..................................   16-1 E            16.3  Error Handler Example........................   16-2 E            16.4  Reading Error Handler Output.................   16-3 E            16.5  PostScript Data Output Format................   16-4 E            16.6  Determining Where the Error Occurred.........   16-6     	      viii                  %         17  Solving Printing Problems   H               17.1  Displaying and Saving Error Messages.........   17-1H               17.2  Interpreting Messages........................   17-2H               17.2.1    PostScript Errors........................   17-2H               17.2.2    DECprint Supervisor Messages.............   17-3H               17.2.3    Solving PrintServer Software Problems....   17-4@               17.2.4    Problems with Files Generated on a PC orH                         Macintosh System.........................   17-4H               17.3  Getting Help On Line.........................   17-4  (         18  Printer-Specific Information  H               18.1  DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+] Printer......   18-1H               18.1.1    Requests for Unloaded Sheet Sizes .......   18-1>               18.1.2    INPUT_TRAY and PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZEH                         Parameters ..............................   18-1;               18.1.3    ANSI Translator Limits Output to 64 H                         Lines....................................   18-1H               18.2  DIGITAL DECcolorwriter 1000 Printer..........   18-2H               18.2.1    Printer-Specific Setup Modules...........   18-2H               18.3  DIGITAL DEClaser 1152 Printer................   18-2>               18.3.1    Printer Hangs After Deleting Jobs WhenH                         Using AppleTalk .........................   18-2H               18.4  DIGITAL DEClaser 3500 Printer................   18-3H               18.4.1    Printer-Specific Setup Modules...........   18-36               18.4.1.1    Setup Modules for ResolutionH                           Enhancement............................   18-3H               18.4.1.2    Setup Modules for Toner Saver Mode.....   18-3H               18.4.1.3    Setup Modules for DECimage-Lite........   18-4H               18.4.1.4    Setup Module Example...................   18-4H               18.4.2    Using the FAX Option.....................   18-4H               18.5  DIGITAL DEClaser 5100 Printer................   18-6H               18.5.1    Printer-Specific Setup Modules...........   18-7=               18.5.2    Errors from PCL Jobs on the LocalTalk H                         Port.....................................   18-8H               18.6  DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+..................   18-8H               18.6.1    Extraneous USERDATA Messages Appear......   18-8H               18.6.2    Choosing Input Trays.....................   18-8H               18.6.3    Jobs with Errors May Not Complete........   18-92               18.6.4    Jobs May Not Issue FailureH                         Notifications............................   18-9H               18.7  DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps and LN17+ps....   18-9    H                                                                       ix                 E            18.7.1    Output May Be Clipped on the LN17ps......   18-9 E            18.8  DIGITAL Laser Printer LN40...................  18-10 E            18.8.1    Jogging and Collation....................  18-10 E            18.9  Compaq and DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02.......  18-10 E            18.9.1    Incorrect Sheet Count....................  18-11 E            18.10 HP 9085 MFP..................................  18-11 E            18.10.1   Selecting Paper of Non-Default Size......  18-11 E            18.11 HP LaserJet Printers.........................  18-11 E            18.11.1   Incomplete Printing of ANSI Text.........  18-11 E            18.12 HP LaserJet 4MV..............................  18-12 E            18.12.1   Support for B5 Paper Sizes...............  18-12 E            18.13 HP LaserJet 5SiMX............................  18-12 E            18.13.1   Support for B5 Paper Sizes...............  18-13 E            18.13.2   Optional Mailbox.........................  18-13 :            18.14 HP Color LaserJet 2500, LaserJet 2100 andE                  2200.........................................  18-13 E            18.14.1   Media Size Not Selectable................  18-13 E            18.15 HP LaserJet 4200, 4300, 9000 and 9000 MFP....  18-13 E            18.15.1   Stapling.................................  18-13 E            18.16 HP LaserJet 8000, 8100 and 8150..............  18-14 E            18.16.1   Optional Mailbox.........................  18-14 E            18.17 Lexmark Optra Rt+............................  18-14 E            18.17.1   Support for B5 Paper Sizes...............  18-14 E            18.18 Lexmark Optra S..............................  18-14 9            18.18.1   Printing Otherenvelope and Universal E                      Paper Sizes..............................  18-14 8            18.19 Xerox Phaser 4500, 6250, 7300, 7750 andE                  8400.........................................  18-15 E            18.19.1   Protocols Supported......................  18-15 E            18.19.2   Media Type Selection Not Supported.......  18-15     *      A  System Messages and Error Recovery  E            A.1   System Message Overview......................    A-1 E            A.2   Message Descriptions.........................    A-3 E            A.3   Layup Definition (BADLAYDEF) Messages........   A-47                       x                 #         B  PRINT Command Qualifiers     #         C  PRINT Command Parameters   H               C.1   PRINT Parameters.............................    C-1H               C.2   Syntax for PRINT Parameters..................    C-3H               C.3   Order of Defaulting for Parameters...........    C-4  6         D  SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges  )         E  Additional Character Encodings   H               E.1   Available Encoding Vectors...................    E-1H               E.2   Examples of Encoding Vectors.................    E-2H               E.3   Using the Additional Encodings...............    E-3=               E.4   Including the DECMCS Encoding Module in a H                     Print Job....................................    E-48               E.5   Defining ISO Latin-1 for Third-PartyH                     Printers.....................................    E-4           Glossary    
         Index              Examples  H               12-1      Including a Form in a PRINT Command......   12-1  H               16-1      Sample Error Handler Log File............   16-3  H               E-1       Defining the DECMCS Encoding Vector......    E-2           Figures   H               1-2       Landscape Orientation....................    1-4  H               15-1      Effects of NUMBER_UP on Stapling.........   15-6          H                                                                       xi                       Tables   E            1         DECprint Supervisor Documentation........    xiv   E            1-1       File Formats.............................    1-7   E            2-1       Print Job Status.........................    2-2   E            5-1       ANSI Print Qualifiers....................    5-2   E            5-2       Operators for Changing Input Trays.......    5-5   ;            5-3       ANSI Sequences for Printing Simplex or E                      Duplex...................................    5-6   <            7-1       PRINT Parameters that Emulate PCL FrontE                      Panel Settings...........................    7-3   9            7-2       PCL-to-PostScript Input Tray Command E                      Mapping..................................    7-9   <            8-1       PRINT Parameters that Affect ProprinterE                      Settings.................................    8-3   E            8-2       Proprinter Print Attributes..............    8-4   <            8-3       PostScript Operators for Changing InputE                      Trays....................................   8-12   E            10-1      Values for SIDES Parameter...............   10-2   E            10-2      Sheet and Page Size Synonyms.............   10-7   E            11-1      Layup Definition File Options............   11-2   E            11-2      ALTERNATE Option Values..................   11-3   E            11-3      PAGEORDER Option Values..................   11-9   E            12-1      DEFINE /FORM Qualifiers for ANSI Files...   12-3   E            13-1      Enabling and Disabling DECimage .........   13-4   4            13-2      DECimage Setup Modules-CombinedE                      Parameters...............................   13-4   6            13-3      DECimage Setup Modules-IndividualE                      Parameters...............................   13-5   6            15-1      Stapling Positions and Paper FeedE                      Direction................................   15-4   E            15-2      Output Trays Supported for Stapling......   15-5   :            18-1      DEClaser 5100 Printer Page ProtectionE                      Setup Modules............................   18-7   E            B-1       PRINT Command Qualifiers.................    B-1   E            C-1       PRINT Parameters.........................    C-2   E            D-1       Font Cartridge Equivalents...............    D-1   E            D-2       SoftFont Kits............................    D-3         xii                           H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                                  Preface               Intended Audience   H               The information in this guide is intended for users at allG               levels of experience. It contains step-by-step procedures &               for most printing tasks.           Document Structure  D               This manual contains the following chapters and appen-               dices:  7               o  Chapter 1 explains how to print files.   G               o  Chapter 2 describes how to display the status of print '                  jobs and print queues.   C               o  Chapter 3 explains how to specify input and output *                  trays for your print job.  ?               o  Chapter 4 describes printing PostScript files.   9               o  Chapter 5 describes printing ANSI files.   ?               o  Chapter 6 describes printing DDIF image files.   8               o  Chapter 7 describes printing PCL files.  ?               o  Chapter 8 describes printing Proprinter files.   C               o  Chapter 9 explains how to print with the LIST data                   type.  B               o  Chapter 10 describes using advanced page layouts.  6               o  Chapter 11 explains how to use layup.  6               o  Chapter 12 explains how to use forms.  >               o  Chapter 13 explains how to use setup modules.  H                                                                     xiii                 D            o  Chapter 14 describes specifying file separation pages.  C            o  Chapter 15 describes how to select finishing options.   B            o  Chapter 16 explains using the error handler to debug               problems.   ?            o  Chapter 17 describes how to troubleshoot printing                errors.   C            o  Chapter 18 provides information about using DCPS with                 specific printers.  B            o  Appendix A describes system messages issued by DCPS.  @            o  Appendix B lists PRINT command qualifiers used for%               controlling print jobs.   @            o  Appendix C lists PRINT command parameters used for3               specifying DCPS features and options.   2            o  Appendix D describes SoftFont fonts.  :            o  Appendix E discusses using encoding vectors.  3            o  Glossary explains DCPS-related terms.         Related Documents  >            The primary source of information about DCPS is the-            following set of software manuals:   E            Table_1_DECprint_Supervisor_Documentation_________________   ?            Software Installation Describes how to install DCPS.             Guide  D            System Manager's      Describes how system managers, dataA            Guide                 center operators and application B                                  programmers can create and manageE                                  DCPS print queues and solve printing *                                  problems.  C            User's Guide          Describes how to use DCPS to print ;                                  to PostScript[R] printers.   C            Software Product      Contains the full list of printers A            Description (SPD      supported by DCPS and additional C            44.15.xx)             information about the features and E            ______________________requirements_of_DCPS_V2.5.__________         xiv                 F               For additional information about HP OpenVMS products andC               services, visit the following World Wide Web address:   /                   http://www.hp.com/go/openvms/            Reader's Comments   C               HP welcomes your comments on this manual. Please send <               comments to either of the following addresses:  +               Internet    openvmsdoc@hp.com   1               Mail        Hewlett-Packard Company >                           OSSG Documentation Group, ZKO3-4/U08-                           110 Spit Brook Road .                           Nashua NH 03062-2698  -         How to Order Additional Documentation   F               For information about how to order additional documenta-?               tion, visit the following World Wide Web address:   9                   http://www.hp.com/go/openvms/doc/order/   D               Part numbers for DCPS-related documentation are listedF               in the Ordering Additional Documentation appendix of theE               Software Installation Guide, System Manager's Guide and                User's Guide.            Conventions   @               The following conventions are used in this manual:  G               Ctrl/x           A sequence such as Ctrl/x indicates that F                                you must hold down the key labeled CtrlH                                while you press another key or a pointing-                                device button.   D               <Return>         In examples, a key name enclosed in aD                                box indicates that you press a key onH                                the keyboard. (In text, a key name is not2                                enclosed in a box.)  D                                In the HTML version of this document,C                                this convention appears as brackets, 1                                rather than a box.   H                                                                       xv                   C             . . .           A horizontal ellipsis in examples indi- E                             cates one of the following possibilities:   A                             o  Additional optional arguments in a ;                                statement have been omitted.   A                             o  The preceding item or items can be :                                repeated one or more times.  @                             o  Additional parameters, values, or@                                other information can be entered.  ;            ( )              In command format descriptions, >                             parentheses indicate that you mustA                             enclose choices in parentheses if you 2                             specify more than one.  D            [ ]              In command format descriptions, bracketsE                             indicate optional choices. You can choose A                             one or more items or no items. Do notEB                             type the brackets on the command line.B                             However, you must include the brackets?                             in the syntax for OpenVMS directoryd>                             specifications and for a substringE                             specification in an assignment statement.d  D            |                In command format descriptions, verticalA                             bars separate choices within brackets C                             or braces. Within brackets, the choices A                             are optional; within braces, at least:C                             one choice is required. Do not type the >                             vertical bars on the command line.  B            { }              In command format descriptions, braces?                             indicate required choices; you must D                             choose at least one of the items listed.A                             Do not type the braces on the command !                             line.   E            bold text        This typeface represents the introductioneA                             of a new term. It also represents the2B                             name of an argument, an attribute or a#                             reason.a        xvi                   >               italic text      Italic text indicates important>                                information, complete titles ofF                                manuals or variables. Variables includeG                                information that varies in system output B                                (Internal error number), in commandD                                lines (/PRODUCER=name) and in commandF                                parameters in text (where dd representsH                                the predefined code for the device type).  F               UPPERCASE TEXT   Uppercase text indicates a command, theH                                name of a routine, the name of a file, orG                                the abbreviation for a system privilege.r  E               Monospace text   Monospace type indicates code examples ?                                and interactive screen displays.c  F               -                A hyphen at the end of a command formatE                                description, command line or code line F                                indicates that the command or statement?                                continues on the following line.o  A               numbers          All numbers in text are assumed tonA                                be decimal unless otherwise noted.eB                                Nondecimal radixes-binary, octal orD                                hexadecimal-are explicitly indicated.                                      H                                                                     xvii                       H                                                                        1H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                           Printing Files               1.1 Overview  ;               To print files, you need to do the following:   (               1. Issue the PRINT command  4               2. Specify the name of the print queue  4               3. Add any command qualifiers you want  ?               4. Include the name of the file you want to print.                 For example:  T                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=MYPRINTER /PARAMETER=DATA_TYPE=POSTSCRIPT SUMMER.PS  %               This example specifies:   '               o  Queue name (MYPRINTER).  %               o  PostScript data typei  &               o  File name (SUMMER.PS)  H               The following sections show you some of the techniques you0               can use to print custom documents.                  H                                                       Printing Files 1-1 y                     1.2 Selecting a Data Type  E            To specify the data type of your print job, use the /DATA_.1            TYPE=parameter qualifier. For example:   B                $ PRINT /QUEUE=MYPRINTER /PARAMETER=DATA_TYPE=ASCII  =            You can choose from any of the following data typei            parameters:                 ASCII                ANSI               DDIF               List               PCL                PostScript               Proprinter               ReGIS                Tek4014i  A            For more information about the various data types, seeS(            Chapters 4 through Chapter 9.  @            If you try to print to a printer model unsupported by?            DCPS, the printer is classified as an "unrecognized".A            printer and while printing is attempted, it may not be.            successful.  >            DCPS has a "generic HP" class of printer to help inA            printing to new HP printer models. When printing to an C            HP printer not recognized by DCPS, a set of paper sizes,.B            tray names and commands to select those trays, known toC            work with HP printers, are used. Therefore, features not.@            available with an "unrecognized" printer are probablyA            available with an "generic HP" printer. These features.E            include tray selection and use of the printer's native PCLa            interpreter.   %      1.3 Printing Two-Sided Documents.  B            Some PostScript printers can print on two sides of eachA            sheet of paper, also known as duplex printing. You can.E            print a document on both sides of the paper if you includet6            the SIDES=2 parameter in the PRINT command.        1-2 Printing Files                                 For example:  7                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 MYFILE.PS   F               If the printer does not support two-sided printing, yourB               print job is terminated and the following message is               displayed:  Q                   DCPS-E-DPLXNOSUP, printer-name does not support duplex printingi  D               See Figure 1-1 for an example of a two-sided document.  9         1.4 Specifying Landscape and Portrait Orientation   G               To specify the page orientation, use the PAGE_ORIENTATIONJF               parameter with either the PORTRAIT or LANDSCAPE keyword.               For example:  K                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE MYFILE.TXT.  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  B                 Do not use this parameter with PostScript and DDIFB                 files because these types of files already containB                 printing instructions that include orientation. IfD                 you include the PAGE_ORIENTATION parameter for theseA                 types of files, your specification is ignored and.C                 the print job is printed following the instructionsn                 in the file.  E                 _____________________________________________________.  A               Figure 1-1 shows pages printed in portrait orienta-lC               tion. For advanced methods of printing documents, see                Chapter 10.                     H                                                       Printing Files 1-3 .               @            Figure 1-2 shows a page printed in landscape orienta-            tion.      #      1.5 Specifying Multiple Copies   <            To make multiple copies of a file, use any of the            following commands:              o  PRINT/JOB_COUNT=n   ,               Prints the entire job n times.              o  PRINT/COPIES=n  '               Prints each file n times.A  ,            o  PRINT/PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT=n  D               Prints each sheet of the print job n times. Copies areD               not collated, unless you print to the COLLATOR tray of-               a printer that has such a tray.   D               The SHEET_COUNT parameter allows you to print multipleB               copies of each sheet of paper in the print job. ThisD               method of making copies will save print job processing?               time. With /COPIES or /JOB_COUNT, the print files.@               must be processed each time they are printed. WithA               the SHEET_COUNT parameter, each sheet is duplicatedoC               n times after the data on the page has been processed.#               once by the software..  :      1.6 Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet  C            You can print more than one page on each side of a sheet D            of paper. This technique saves paper and can also be usedD            to provide customized printed documents. For example, youD            can print four pages on each side of a sheet, as shown in            Figure 1-3.  >            Use the NUMBER_UP parameter in the PRINT command toA            specify the number of pages to print on each side of ap'            sheet of paper. For example:         1-4 Printing Filess .  .            ;                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.PSo  F               To fit multiple pages on a side, the DECprint SupervisorC               software changes the size of the logical pages in thewE               document to fit in the area on the physical sheet. ThiseH               change does not affect the relationship of the page height                to the page width.  %         1.7 Printing a Range of Pages   H               You can print a specific page or range of pages in a printD               job. This feature may be useful, for example, when youC               continue a large print job that was terminated in the.!               middle of printing.H  D               To print only a specific range of pages from the print@               job, include the PAGE_LIMIT parameter in the PRINTA               command. Include one or two page numbers to specifyaE               the range of pages. For example, to print only the 50theH               through the 100th page of a print job, enter the following               command:  E                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,100)" MYFILE.PS.  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  ?                 Quotation marks are required when the parameter =                 value contains a comma, as in this PAGE_LIMIT                  parameter.  E                 _____________________________________________________h  A               The pages you specify do not correspond to the page.C               numbers in the document. They represent the number of B               pages that have been printed. You can print the lastB               portion of this same document by using the following               command:  B                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,)" MYFILE.PS  E               This command instructs the DECprint Supervisor software.E               to start printing at the 50th page in the document, and 2               continue to the end of the document.    H                                                       Printing Files 1-5 .  1            B            You can print the first part of a document by using the            following command:.  :                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT=50 MYFILE.PS  E            This command instructs the DECprint Supervisor software tos4            print the first 50 pages of the document.  <            When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter, your print?            job completes when the upper-limit value is reached.aA            Therefore, if you specify the PAGE_LIMIT parameter andUE            do not print to the end of the file, you do not get a fileUB            trailer page for the file that was cut off. The rest ofB            the data for that file and for any subsequent files for%            that print job is ignored.o  C            The maximum PAGE_LIMIT value, for either the starting ors"            ending page, is 999999.  8      1.8 Delays in Deleting an Entry or Stopping a Queue  A            If DCPS has problems communicating with a printer when.C            processing a STOP/QUEUE/NEXT or DELETE/ENTRY request, itgE            may take several minutes before DCPS considers the requesteC            completed. Eventually, however, it will stop waiting fornD            a response from the printer that the current job has been            cancelled.         1.9 File Formats   E            If you are copying your file from a system running anotheroB            operating system to an OpenVMS system and then printingC            it, the resulting file must have one of the OpenVMS filei'            formats listed in Table 1-1.                             1-6 Printing Files  d  .            H               Table_1-1_File_Formats____________________________________                 OpenVMS RecordH               Format____________Record_Attributes_______________________  #               Stream            Any   $               Variable length   None  #               Undefined         Any   $               Fixed format      None  #               Indexed           Any   H               Relative__________Any_____________________________________  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  D                 When you copy files with binary data, such as images@                 and fonts, make sure you copy the file in binary@                 mode. For example, use binary mode in FTP or use1                 COPY /B from a Windows[R] system.   E                 _____________________________________________________   E               DCPS allows you to print files that utilize an indexed, 7               relative or sequential file organization..  C               Indexed and relative files are accessed sequentially, ?               by their primary index and relative record number.E               respectively. This is consistent with the TYPE command.o  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  D                 Indexed and relative files frequently contain binary?                 data. Attempting to print files containing such B                 unprintable binary data can give unpredictable and-                 probably undesirable results.   E                 _____________________________________________________L        H                                                       Printing Files 1-7 u  m                  H                                                                        2H         ________________________________________________________________  H         Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs andH                                                                   Queues      G               You can display, delete, and modify your print jobs usingoG               the commands described in this chapter. You can also list F               the print jobs in the queue and the status of your print               jobs.   !         2.1 Displaying Print Jobs.  F               The SHOW ENTRY command allows you to display information$               about your print jobs.  F               If you want to see the status of a particular print job,C               include the job number in the SHOW ENTRY command. For.               example:  !                   $ SHOW ENTRY 96l  F                     Entry  Jobname         Username     Blocks  StatusF                     -----  -------         --------     ------  ------_                        96  MEMO            MSMITH          114  Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00S9                            On idle printer queue LP40$A14a  E               You can get more information about the print job if youS7               include the /FULL qualifier. For example:                       H  Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-1 .  .            $                $ SHOW ENTRY 96 /FULL  C                  Entry  Jobname         Username     Blocks  Status C                  -----  -------         --------     ------  ------g\                     96  MEMO            MSMITH          114  Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:007                         On idle printer queue LPS40$A14tV                         Submitted 27-JUN-2005 10:36 /FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)?                         /PARAM=("DATA=AUTOMATIC") /PRIORITY=1001:                         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MEMO.TXT;1@                         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]FILE_SNIFF.TXT;1>                         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]INFOPLAN.TXT;1D                         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MONTHLY_REPORT.TXT;2N                         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]SPECIAL_SEPARATION_PAGES.TXT;1:                         File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]VTPW.TXT;1  C            The /FULL qualifier displays the status of the print job A            in the queue. The print job in the example is holding,2@            because it was submitted with the /AFTER qualifier toD            delay starting the print job. The print job status may be0            any one of those listed in Table 2-1.  E            Table_2-1_Print_Job_Status________________________________.  E            Status___________Meaning__________________________________.  @            Printing         On a local printer, the print job isE                             currently printing. On a network printer, C                             the print job may be printing, or a job @                             from another system may be printing.  C            Pending          The print job is waiting to be printed. E                             Other print jobs are ahead of this job in D                             the queue, or the job is waiting for theC                             appropriate type of media to be mounted +                             in the printer.s  =            Holding          The print job is waiting to printnD                             because it was submitted with the /AFTERD                             qualifier or the /HOLD qualifier, or theB                             SET ENTRY/HOLD command was entered forA                             the job. To release the print job forcC                             printing, use the /RELEASE qualifier in D                             the SET ENTRY command (see Section 2.4).    P      2-2 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues .               H               Table_2-1_(Cont.)_Print_Job_Status________________________  H               Status___________Meaning__________________________________  C               Stalled          The job started, but is now stalled, F                                possibly due to a paper jam or tray out(                                of paper.  E               Aborting         The job has been aborted with a DELETEsH                                /ENTRY command. (See Section 2.3 for more,                                information.)  D               Retained         The print job has completed but it isH               _________________being_retained_in_the_queue._____________  F               You can display all your print jobs by entering the SHOWH               ENTRY command without specifying the print job number. For               example:                     $ SHOW ENTRY  F                     Entry  Jobname         Username     Blocks  StatusF                     -----  -------         --------     ------  ------_                        96  MEMO            MSMITH          114  Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00 9                            On busy printer queue LP40$A14 G                        75  AUTO            MSMITH          368  Pending 9                            On busy printer queue PS40$A10 H                        68  BOOK_LIST       MSMITH           78  Printing9                            On busy printer queue PS40$A101  F               You can use the following qualifiers with the SHOW ENTRY,               command to display print jobs:  H               __________________________________________________________H               SHOW_ENTRY_Qualifier_______Displays_._._._________________  E               /BRIEF                     A short summary about one or.E                                          more print jobs. This is the.F                                          default display if you do notE                                          include the /FULL qualifier..  H               /BY_JOB_STATUS=(keyword,...Print jobs that have the statusE                                          you specify for the keyword.aG                                          The status types are listed in 3                                          Table 2-1..  H  Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-3 .             E            __________________________________________________________ E            SHOW_ENTRY_Qualifier_______Displays_._._._________________   D            /FILES                     The file names of the files in?                                       each print job displayed.1  D            /FULL                      Complete information about theE                                       print job, including job status1>                                       and files to be printed.  E            /USER_NAME=user-name       The print jobs for the user you E            ___________________________specify._______________________          2.2 Displaying Print Queues  @            You can display a list of all of your print jobs in aE            queue and the status of the print queue, by using the SHOWu            QUEUE command.   C               ________________________Note ________________________e  ?               Remote nodes in the network may have print queuesa=               sending jobs to the same printer, but queues on3,               those nodes are not displayed.  C               _____________________________________________________T  C            To see all of your print jobs in a queue, enter the SHOW A            QUEUE command followed by the name of the print queue:   %                $ SHOW QUEUE LPS40$A10m  R                  Printer queue LPS40$A10, on LEVEL::A10, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT!                   (stock=DEFAULT)f  C                  Entry  Jobname         Username     Blocks  StatuscC                  -----  -------         --------     ------  ------.\                     96  MEMO            MSMITH          114  Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00  @            If you wish to see print jobs belonging to all users,?            and you have sufficient privileges to do so, use thei#            SHOW QUEUE /ALL command..  D            You can list all the queues in the system by entering the1            SHOW QUEUE command with no queue name.n  P      2-4 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues                 F               You can use the following qualifiers to specify the type@               of information to display about a queue or queues:  H               __________________________________________________________H               SHOW_QUEUE_Qualifier____Displays_._._.____________________  G               /ALL_JOBS               All the print jobs in a queue. IftH                                       you do not include this qualifier,E                                       the SHOW QUEUE command displays C                                       your print jobs in the queue.i  G               /BRIEF                  A short summary about one or more.E                                       print jobs. This is the default.G                                       display if you do not include the.6                                       /FULL qualifier.  E               /BY_JOB_STATUS=(keyword,Print jobs that have the statuseB                                       you specify for the keyword.D                                       The status types are listed in0                                       Table 2-1.  D               /FILES                  The file names of the files in?                                       each print job displayed.g  F               /FORM                   Information about the forms thatC                                       are defined (see Chapter 12)..  F               /FULL                   Information about the print job,G                                       including job status and files tor1                                       be printed.s  F               /SUMMARY                A short message about the statusH                                       of the queue and the print jobs inH               ________________________the_queue.________________________            2.3 Deleting a Print Job  D               You can remove a print job from the queue by using theG               DELETE /ENTRY command. If the print job is being printed,.D               this command terminates printing and deletes the print               job.  E               If the system manager sets up the queue to retain print E               jobs, your print job remains in the queue after you use E               the DELETE /ENTRY command. In this case, use the DELETE D               /ENTRY command twice to remove the job from the queue.  H  Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-5 n  n            @            Include the job number of the print job to be deleted8            after the DELETE /ENTRY command. For example:  !                $ DELETE /ENTRY=961  O                Job MEMO (queue LP40$A10, entry 96) terminated with error status.=                %JBC-F-JOBDELETE, job deleted before executionT4                %DELETE, entry 96 aborting or deleted        2.4 Modifying a Print Job  D            You can modify a print job that has not started printing.@            You can change the queue for the print job, or any ofC            the print job attributes that you specified in the PRINT @            command. You cannot modify a print job that has begun            printing.  D            Use the SET ENTRY command to modify the status, queue, orD            attributes of a print job. Specify the job number and anyE            qualifiers in the SET ENTRY command. The following exampleeC            shows how to change the print queue for print job numberpC            318. To specify the new queue, use the SET ENTRY commandn'            with the /REQUEUE qualifier.p  9                $ PRINT *.MSG /AFTER=17:00 /QUEUE=PS40$A10aS                Job AUTO (queue PS40$A10, entry 318) holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00t  0                $ SET ENTRY 318 /REQUEUE=LP40$A10$                $ SHOW QUEUE LP40$A10  P                Printer queue LP40$A10, on MOON::A10::, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT                 (stock=DEFAULT)r  C                  Entry  Jobname         Username     Blocks  StatussC                  -----  -------         --------     ------  ------n\                    318  AUTO            MSMITH          368  Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00  C            Use the SET ENTRY command to release a print job that is C            Holding. Include the /RELEASE qualifier in the SET ENTRY 9            command to release the print job. For example:a  '                $ SET ENTRY 318 /RELEASEtM                %DCPS-I-JOBSTART, Job AUTO (queue LP40$A10, entry 318) started                  on LP40$A10   P      2-6 Modifying Print Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues                 D               You can change the qualifiers and print parameters forE               a print job using SET ENTRY. Include the job number andrD               the new qualifier or parameter values in the SET ENTRY               command.  @               If your PRINT command included more than one printC               parameter, you must include them all in the SET ENTRY >               command. You cannot modify only one of the printG               parameters without affecting the others that you includedsE               in the PRINT command. If you modify only one parameter,TF               the others are reset to default values. For example, youB               could submit a print job with the following command:  U                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SIDES=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE) MYFILE.RPTSM                   Job MYFILE (queue PS40$A10, entry 329) started on LPS40$A10   H               To modify the page orientation setting for this print job,<               you must include the SIDES parameter, as well:  Q                   $ SET ENTRY 329 /PARAMETERS=(SIDES=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT)_(                   $ SHOW ENTRY 329 /FULL  F                     Entry  Jobname         Username     Blocks  StatusF                     -----  -------         --------     ------  ------_                       329  MYFILE          MSMITH            4  Holding until 27-JUN-2005 17:00 4                            On printer queue PS40$A10a                            Submitted 27-JUN-2005 11:50 /FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT) /NOTIFY W                            /PARAM=("SIDES=2","PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT") /PRIORITY=100 ?                            File: _$1$DUA10:[MSMITH]MYFILE.RPT;2                                 H  Print       Jobs and Displaying the Status of Print Jobs and Queues 2-7    S                  H                                                                        3H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                        Specifying Input and Output Trays      $         3.1 Selecting the Input Tray  B               Most printers have more than one input tray. You canE               use different trays for various types of media, such as 2               transparencies, envelopes and paper.  F               Some printers support special trays, such as manual-feedG               input slots and envelope feeders. To list the input trayseG               supported by your printer, enter the HELP PRINT_PARAMETERpG               INPUT_TRAY command and select the subtopic that describes                your printer.-  B               Use the INPUT_TRAY parameter in the PRINT command toE               select the input tray from which the media is drawn for                the print job.  E                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY=input-tray file-named                 For example:  >                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY=TOP MYFILE.PS  G               Some printers do not support multiple input trays. If youoD               specify /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY on print jobs for theseE               types of printers, your print job is terminated and theo-               following message is displayed:   P                   NOINPTRAY, INPUT_TRAY selection not supported for printer-name  B               Selecting the wrong input tray with certain printersF               terminates the print job. When you specify an input trayG               that is not supported by the printer, the following errorl#               message is displayed:   <                   INTRAYNOTSUP, No tray-name on printer-name  H                                    Specifying Input and Output Trays 3-1                 B            Some printers have optional input trays. If you specifyD            an optional input tray that is not currently available onE            the printer, the job is terminated and the following errorh             message is displayed:  F                INTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name  '      3.1.1 Specifying the Type of Mediae  -      3.1.1.1 Selecting by Page and Sheet Size   D            You can specify a paper size with the PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_            SIZE parameter.  B                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE=sheet-size file-nameR                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=sheet-size,INPUT_TRAY=input-tray) -                _$ file-namer              For example:   ;                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE=LEGAL FILE.PS I                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A4,INPUT_TRAY=TOP) FILE.PS   E            If you specify both the input tray and the paper size, the E            specified input tray must contain the requested paper size C            for the job to print, or the print job is terminated and 4            the following error message is displayed:  P                SIZNOTRAY, paper-size size medium is not in the tray-name tray in                 printer-name              For example:   U                SIZNOTRAY, A4 size medium is not in the TOP tray in PrintServer 17/600n  $      3.1.1.2 Selecting by Media Type  C            Media type is set on the printer to indicate the type of D            paper loaded in a particular tray. The default is usuallyA            PLAIN. Other common media types are COLOR, LETTERHEAD,cD            PREPRINTED, PREPUNCHED and RECYCLED. When a paper tray isD            set to a particular media type, only jobs requesting that4            media type will use paper from that tray.  D            To select media type in your DCPS job, use the MEDIA_TYPE            parameter:l  B                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MEDIA_TYPE=media-type file-name  *      3-2 Specifying Input and Output Trays                 A               DCPS allows any value for the MEDIA_TYPE parameter.fD               Note that the media type is sometimes abbreviated on aD               printer's front panel or on its web page. For example,F               the setting for LETTERHEAD media might be abbreviated asH               LTRHEAD. In most cases, you can specify either the full or               abbreviated name.n  D               You should specify a media type currently used by yourA               printer. If the media type is not available on youra'               printer, you will either:   >               You can specify a media type with the MEDIA_TYPEE               parameter. Media type is set on the printer to indicate H               the type of paper loaded in a particular tray. The defaultC               is usually PLAIN. Other common media types are COLOR,fE               LETTERHEAD, PREPRINTED, PREPUNCHED and RECYCLED. When a(E               paper tray is set to a particular media type, only jobssF               requesting that media type will use paper from that trayG               if it is different from the printer's default media type.e  F               One benefit of using media type selection is the abilityB               to select paper by paper size and media type withoutE               having to know the tray number containing the paper yout'               want to use for your job.   9               To select paper of a particular media type:e  E                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MEDIA_TYPE=media-type file-names                 For example:  >                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MEDIA_TYPE=COLOR FILE.PS  G               will select paper from the tray containing colored paper.   A               DCPS allows any value for the MEDIA_TYPE parameter. D               Note that the media type is sometimes abbreviated on aD               printer's front panel or on its web page. For example,F               the setting for LETTERHEAD media might be abbreviated asH               LTRHEAD. In most cases, you can specify either the full or               abbreviated name..  A               If the printer does not contain the requested media G               type, the print job is terminated and the following error #               message is displayed:   I                   MEDIATYPENOTAVL, No media-type type medium is loaded in_                    printer name   H                                    Specifying Input and Output Trays 3-3                             For example,t  R                MEDIATYPENOTAVL, No COLOR type medium is loaded in HP LaserJet 9050  C            You can use the MEDIA_TYPE parameter in combination with.D            other tray selection parameters INPUT_TRAY, PAGE_SIZE and            SHEET_SIZE.  A            If you specify both the input tray and the media type, D            the specified input tray must contain the requested paperA            size for the job to print. Otherwise, the print job isIC            terminated and the following error message is displayed:F  ^                MEDIATYPENOTRAY, media-type type medium is not in the tray tray in printer name  E            For example, if there is no letterhead paper in tray 2 and             you type   N                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(INPUT_TRAY=TRAY_2,MEDIA_TYPE=LETTERHEAD) -'                _$ /QUEUE=HP4650 FILE.PSh  >            you will see the following error message displayed:  S                MEDIATYPENOTRAY, LETTERHEAD type medium is not in the TRAY_2 tray inD&                 HP Color LaserJet 4650  >            Some printers will prompt you to load the requestedB            media type instead of causing the MEDIATYPENOTRAY errorB            message. The behavior depends on the characteristics ofD            the printer. For example, HP printers with Deferred MediaE            Selection turned on will prompt you to load the media type A            you specified. With most other printers, DCPS will nottC            print the job and will return the error message instead.l  E            Media type selection is supported only by PostScript LevelaC            2 and higher printers. If you specify the media type foraD            a PostScript Level 1 printer, the print job is terminated8            and the following error message is displayed:  P                MEDIATYPENOSUP, Media type selection not supported for PostScript                  Level 1 printers        *      3-4 Specifying Input and Output Trays f  ,            #         3.1.2 Selecting Manual Feede  F               To select the manual feed slot, use the parameter INPUT_D               TRAY=MANUAL_FEED. You must also specify the paper size9               with the SHEET_SIZE or PAGE_SIZE parameter.   ]                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=sheet-size,INPUT_TRAY=input-tray) file-nameo                 For example:  T                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A4,INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED) FILE.PS  G               If you omit the page size from a print job that specified F               manual feed, your print job terminates and the following)               error message is displayed:P  M                   NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet_size must be specified for Manual_Feed-  D               When you specify manual feed, job separation pages areB               printed on the paper that is loaded in the printer'sC               default input tray. Then the input tray is changed to 0               MANUAL_FEED for printing the file.  '         3.1.3 Using the Envelope Feeders  D               You must specify the paper size with the SHEET_SIZE orF               PAGE_SIZE parameter when you specify the ENVELOPE_FEEDERF               input tray. Otherwise, your print job terminates and the-               following message is displayed:N  Q                   NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet_size must be specified for Envelope_Feeder_  %         3.2 Selecting the Output Trayt  B               Some PostScript printers have multiple output trays.  G               You can list the output trays available with your type of F               printer by entering the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER OUTPUT_TRAYD               command and selecting the subtopic that describes your               printer.  D               You can select the output tray for print jobs destinedG               for these printers using the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter in the_               PRINT command.  G                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=OUTPUT_TRAY=output-tray file-name                  For example:  @                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=OUTPUT_TRAY=SIDE MYFILE.PS  H                                    Specifying Input and Output Trays 3-5 l  1            B            If you select an unsupported output tray, the print jobB            may be printed and sent to another output tray, and the'            following message displayed:o  Z                TRAYSUBST, Output will be delivered to the output-tray tray on printer-name  B            Alternatively, your print job may be terminated and the'            following message displayed:e  O                NOOUTTRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, tray-name, not supported on printer-namee  C            Some printers have optional output trays. If you specifytB            an optional output tray that is not currently availableD            on the printer, your output will be directed to a similarB            tray if one exists. If there is no similar output tray,C            the job is terminated and the following error message isl            displayed:i  G                OUTTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name   *      3.2.1 Manually Selecting Output Trays  C            If you manually select the output trays on your printer,pB            you cannot change trays with the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.C            You must select the output tray by using the controls on E            the printer. Refer to the operator's guide to your printerr7            for information about output tray selection.a  A            If you specify the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter for this typerB            of printer, be sure that the appropriate output tray isD            selected manually. Otherwise, the print job is terminated6            and the following message may be displayed:  W                OUTTRAYMISMATCH, Printer printer-name output tray setting does not match 5                 requested output-tray on printer-namen                    *      3-6 Specifying Input and Output Trays =  B                  H                                                                        4H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                Printing PostScript Files      8         4.1 Printing Jobs with Multiple PostScript Files  F               The PostScript file created by your application modifiesE               the state of the PostScript interpreter in the printer.nG               The DECprint Supervisor software resets the printer statenB               for each new print job, but not for each file in theF               print job. Therefore, files that are meant to be printedH               together, such as a data file with an application prologueD               or a font, will print successfully. But in a print jobE               with a set of unrelated files, the state of the printer F               after completing printing of a file may adversely affect/               the printing of subsequent files.   H               This can cause PostScript errors and unexpected changes inE               the appearance of the printed documents. If you need to_F               print multiple PostScript files, or multiple copies of aE               PostScript file, submit them using separate print jobs.   ;         4.2 Printing Files that Contain Text and PostScript_  E               DECprint Supervisor software can detect PostScript data B               after the text at the beginning of the file. This isD               useful for printing PostScript files sent to you by anF               electronic messaging system that places text in front of"               the PostScript file.  A               For example, if you receive a message in a software5G               utility that creates ANSI text, and that message includesv?               a PostScript file, you can print the file withouti'               specifying the data type.n          H                                            Printing PostScript Files 4-1    r            :      4.3 Printing Files Created on Other Operating Systems  B            When creating PostScript files on systems running otherC            operating systems for eventual printing through DECprint ?            Supervisor for OpenVMS software, you should keep the $            following points in mind:  *            1. Use of Printer-Specific Code  @               Windows and Macintosh printer drivers often createB               PostScript code that is specific to a printer and toA               the set of printer options for which you configuredh?               the driver (for example, printer brand and model,iE               trays available, whether the printer can perform duplex D               printing, how much memory is available in the printer,C               etc.). If you later attempt to print such a file on asE               different type of printer or a printer with a differentE?               set of options, the file may not print correctly.n  B               Try to create a file that is specific to the printerD               and printer options that you ultimately intend to use.A               Alternatively, attempt to select a generic printer,o=               optimized for portability, with few options, toe>               increase your chances of being able to print the@               file on multiple printer configurations. (Also see               Section 4.5.)e  5            2. Use of Feature-Specific PostScript Codet  D               Windows and Macintosh applications and printer driversD               often create PostScript code that is specific to a setA               of printer features that you select when you createaB               the file (for example, which tray to use, the numberB               of uncollated copies, simplex or duplex, etc.). WhenA               your PostScript file contains explicit requests for C               such features, the corresponding DCPS parameters (for C               example, INPUT_TRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, SHEET_COUNT, SIDES,e5               etc.) have no impact on your print job.n  A               If your application and printer driver allow you to_D               default certain settings (for example, the input tray)D               to the current printer setting, do so and then specifyD               the desired setting using a DCPS parameter. Otherwise,C               use your application or driver to specify the featureW8               and omit the corresponding DCPS parameter.  6            3. Assumptions about Printer-Specific Setup  "      4-2 Printing PostScript Files i  x            F                  The physical setup of a printer can vary from printerB                  to printer, and over time. For example, you mightC                  create a PostScript file to print to the top inputcH                  tray because you know that the top tray on your printerF                  contains yellow paper and you want to print on yellowE                  paper. However, if you then send the file to anotheraF                  printer of the same brand and model, or even the sameH                  printer at a later date, the top tray may contain other                  media.   E                  For printer features that DCPS does not allow you to E                  specify and that your application and printer driver E                  also do not allow you to specify (for example, media D                  type), verify that the physical setup of the targetE                  printer is as you desire before sending your file tolF                  it. If not, you may have to recreate the file for the=                  reasons given in items number 1 and 2 above.a  :         4.4 Creating Printer-Specific PostScript Documents  E               Each model of PostScript printer recognizes some unique D               operators that are not part of the standard PostScriptE               language. The PostScript extensions for each PostScripthE               printer may be described in the printer owner's manual.b  B               Many commercial applications, and printer drivers onD               PC and Macintosh systems, allow you to specify printerF               features that depend on printer-specific extensions (seeD               Section 4.3). For example, you can create a PostScriptA               file that requires the use of the top input tray on-@               a particular printer. If you try to print the fileC               on another type of printer, the file may print from a 8               different tray, or may even fail to print.  2         4.5 Creating Portable PostScript Documents  G               To create documents that are independent of printer type, B               make sure the application that you use to create theC               PostScript file has printer setup options that do not/F               conflict with the PRINT parameters that you specify withH               the DCPS software. Use option settings to ensure that your=               PostScript document is as portable as possible.H      H                                            Printing PostScript Files 4-3 $  t            A            To ensure that your application creates documents that=B            are printable on the widest variety of printers, selectD            "printer's default" for all printer-specific options suchE            as input and output trays. Or, select a generic printer or E            one without duplex printing or multiple input trays. Then, D            choose the feature in your application that allows you to            print to a file.T  :      4.6 Resolving Unrecognized PostScript Operator Errors  @            If you try to print a file that contains a PostScriptB            extension operator that is not defined in your printer,/            you get the following error message:c  W                %DCPS-W-UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command is operator.  D            Operator is the PostScript extension operator that is not%            recognized by the printer.b  ?            You may be able to resolve this problem by doing the_            following:_  A            1. Re-create the PostScript file from the application.tE               Examine the print setup options and disable any optionsnB               that are not generic to all PostScript printers (see               Section 4.5).   C            2. If you must print the PostScript file that fails, see C               Section 4.7 for information about modifying the print                job.  =      4.7 Using Example Files to Suppress PostScript Operators   A            The DCPS software provides example files that show how >            to suppress many commonly used PostScript extension            operators.r  ?      4.7.1 Suppressing PostScript Operators on Desktop Printersn  ?            If you are using a desktop printer, you can create aTD            setup module to suppress the failing PostScript operator.B            The following example file is distributed with the DCPS            software:  A                SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]LPS$STATUSDICT.PS   "      4-4 Printing PostScript Files i  i            D               This file is an assortment of PostScript routines. YouE               can edit the file and copy routines that solve problemsuG               with specific PostScript operators. The new file that yousH               create can be specified as a setup module and printed with#               the file that failed.   F               See the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more information"               about setup modules.  F         4.7.2 Suppressing PostScript Operators on PrintServer Printers  G               The PS_SUPPLEMENT file can be loaded into the PrintServer D               printer so that many unrecognized PostScript extensionE               operators are ignored. If you have PrintServer Software >               Version 4.2 or later, this file is automatically)               downloaded to your printer._                                                          H                                            Printing PostScript Files 4-5 t  b                  H                                                                        5H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                      Printing ANSI Files      F               When you submit ANSI or ASCII text files for printing onE               PostScript printers, they are translated to PostScript. B               The DECprint Supervisor software recognizes the fullG               range of ANSI escape sequences for all levels of the ANSI6D               printing protocol. Refer to the Digital ANSI-CompliantH               Printing Protocol Level 3 Programming Reference Manual forH               more information about the DIGITAL ANSI-compliant printing@               protocol and the functions of the ANSI translator.  7         5.1 Printing Multiple ANSI Files in a Print Job_  A               ANSI files are handled differently from other types C               of files. When you print more than one ANSI file in a G               print job, the printer commands in the first file are not F               passed on to the second file. You must use an ANSI setupF               module to pass printing attributes, or include the print&               attributes in each file.  #         5.2 Emulating ANSI Printers   D               If your site has changed the printing system from ANSIE               printers to PostScript printers, you can take advantage E               of the DECprint Supervisor software to print ANSI filesiH               that were created for ANSI printers on your new PostScript               printers._  D               The DECprint Supervisor software automatically handlesH               ANSI file printing in a way that emulates printing on ANSIE               printers. If you need to modify the way that ANSI filesyD               are printed, use any of the qualifiers in Table 5-1 to,               enhance your printed document.        H                                                  Printing ANSI Files 5-1 b  r            E      Table_5-1_ANSI_Print_Qualifiers_________________________________   #      To modify this        Use thiscE      aspect_._._.__________qualifier_._._.__To_get_this_effect_._._._   C      Form feeds, which     /NOFEED          Suppress automatic form ;      are usually inserted                   feed insertion.       into the ANSI      document at the      bottom of each page  E      Header lines on each  /HEADER[1]       Print the file name, pagerE      page                                   number, and file creationrC                                             date at the top of each 1                                             page._  A      Margin, header, and   /PASSALL         Preserve the state ofeE      tab processing                         the file through printingiE                                             without imposing margins, E                                             headers, or tab emulation D                                             on the printed document.  E      Single-spaced         /SPACE[1]        Insert a blank line after E      documents                              each text line, providingSA                                             double-spaced output.   <      Expansion of tabs     /PARAMETERS=[NO]TControl how tabs>      during processing                      are processed (see9                                             Section 5.3).h  ?      Fonts available for   /PARAMETERS=FONTSSpecify one or moren<      printing              USED             SoftFont modulesA                                             that include software >                                             fonts that emulate@                                             font cartridges (see9                                             Section 5.4)._  <      Formatting of text    /FORM            Specify the formB      by the default form                    definition assumed for:      specified for the                      the print job.
      queueE      [1]When_you_include_this_qualifier,_the_default_form_for_the____   ?      queue is applied to the print job. See Chapter 12 for more       information.iE      ________________________________________________________________         5-2 Printing ANSI Files                 )         5.3 Processing Tabs in ANSI Filesl  E               The [NO]TAB parameter allows you to emulate the ways inhE               which the ANSI printer handles tab characters. When you H               include the TAB parameter in your print job, the action isE               equivalent to using the SET TERMINAL/TAB command on the                ANSI printer.t  G               The [NO]TAB parameter is useful when you are not printing C               10 characters per inch, or when ANSI tabs are defined E               in inches, not by character position. If you change the F               character size, tab sizes do not change when you specifyD               PARAMETERS=TAB. If you expect tabs to change size when@               characters change size, specify /PARAMETERS=NOTAB.  H               When you specify [NO]TAB, the software invokes the defaultF               form, DCPS$DEFAULT for your job. Refer to Chapter 12 forA               more information about the default form definition.   D               By default, the DECprint Supervisor software processesE               tab characters so that tab stops are set at every eight 6               character positions (/PARAMETERS=NOTAB).  E               The system manager can change this operation as a queueoH               default so that you do not have to specify it on the PRINTG               command line. Different settings of this parameter may be H               established as queue defaults for different generic queuesC               driving the same printer. In this way, you can access G               either method of tab expansion when you submit print jobs E               from application programs that allow you to specify theJ6               queue name but not the print parameters.  -         5.4 Emulating Printer Font Cartridgesb  C               Your document may require font cartridges in order toTG               print on ANSI printers. If you want to print the document A               on a PostScript printer, you can use the FONTS_USEDaD               parameter to emulate the ANSI printer font cartridges.C               The files must contain escape sequences that call thef               fonts.  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  A                 These font modules are not a standard part of the A                 DECprint Supervisor software. Your system manager D                 can obtain SoftFont kits separately and then install  H                                                  Printing ANSI Files 5-3 r               ?               them in the font library. (The SoftFont kits have @               been retired and are no longer available from HP.)B               To list the font modules that have been installed on5               your system, use the following command:R  B                   $ LIBRARY /LIST /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:CPS$ANSI_FONTS  ?               If this file does not exist, no font modules haveT               been installed.o  C               _____________________________________________________U  E            To include one or more font modules in your print job, user            theA            /PARAMETERS=FONTS_USED qualifier in the PRINT command.DA            For example, if you used to print your file on an ANSIoC            printer with the ITC Souvenir cartridge installed, enter-D            the following command to print it on a PostScript printer1            with the DECprint Supervisor software:U  F                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(FONTS_USED=ITC_SOUV_MCS) file-name  C               ________________________Note ________________________d  A               If you include two or more cartridge names, be sureY@               to place quotation marks around them. For example:  S                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="FONTS_USED=(ITC_SOUV_MCS,BARCODE)" file-nameJ  C               _____________________________________________________   D            See Appendix D for a list of the available SoftFont kits.  3      5.5 Using PostScript Operators to Change Trayse  D            With the DCPS software, you can print ANSI documents thatC            were created for printing on media from a specific input             tray.  @            The DCPS software recognizes escape sequences in ANSID            files that select the printer input tray. If you print anE            ANSI file that is set up to select an input tray that doeshA            not exist on your printer, the print job fails and you /            receive the following error message:e  E                %DCPS-W-RANGECHK, rangecheck: Argument out of bounds -p2                 offending command is setpapertray.        5-4 Printing ANSI Files P  _            G               If this happens, you can create a PostScript setup modulerG               to submit with the print job, and redefine the input trayiH               settings. For example, you could create a PostScript setup>               module using the following PostScript operators:  G                   /settoptray {statusdict begin 2 setpapertray end} def9J                   /setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def  A               This example selects the printer tray 2 for the top ?               tray (settoptray), and tray 1 for the bottom tray A               (setbottomtray). When you create a PostScript setupO?               module, use the operator listed in Table 5-2 that-A               corresponds to the input tray specified in the ANSI E               file. Select a value for the setpapertray argument thatRD               corresponds to an input tray on your printer. Refer toD               your printer owner's manual for the input tray numbers(               supported by your printer.  C               Submit the setup module with your ANSI document using E               the PRINT command. For example, to use the setup module_B               TRAYDEF.PS to print the file OVERHEAD.TXT, enter the                following command:  =                   $ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=TRAYDEF OVERHEAD.TXTo  H               The ANSI input tray selection sequences and the PostScriptB               operators associated with each of them are listed inE               Table 5-2. The translator uses the default setpapertraypF               value if no other value has been defined. A setup moduleA               with a different value overrides the default value.   H               Table_5-2_Operators_for_Changing_Input_Trays______________  D                                User-Defined     Default setpapertrayH               ANSI_Sequence____Operators________Value___________________  6               CSI ! v          [none]           [none]  6               CSI 0 ! v        [none]           [none]  1               CSI 1 ! v        settoptray       1   1               CSI 2 ! v        setbottomtray    2R  1               CSI 3 ! v        setlcittray      3   1               CSI 4 ! v        setmanualfeedtray0.  H               CSI_99_!_v_______setmanualfeedtray0_______________________  H                                                  Printing ANSI Files 5-5                 8      5.6 Using ANSI Sequences to Print Duplex or Simplex  A            To specify one- or two-sided printing, add ANSI escape @            sequences to your file. The ANSI duplex sequences areA            listed in Table 5-3. Replace the sp value in the table :            with a blank character space in your ANSI file.  E            Table_5-3_ANSI_Sequences_for_Printing_Simplex_or_Duplex___S  E            ANSI_Sequence____Duplex_Operation_________________________e  /            CSI 0 sp x       true simplex normal   /            CSI 1 sp x       true simplex normala  0            CSI 2 sp x       true simplex tumbled  .            CSI 3 sp x       true duplex normal  /            CSI 4 sp x       true duplex tumbled   0            CSI 5 sp x       duplex master normal  1            CSI 6 sp x       duplex master tumbledn  5            CSI 7 sp x       simplex compressed normal   E            CSI_8_sp_x_______compressed_tumbled_______________________y  *      5.7 The LIST Data Type and Translator  @            The LIST data type feature employs a special text-to-E            PostScript translator (see Chapter 9). It translates 8-bitIB            ASCII (ISO 8859-1) text to a convenient printable form,A            numbering the lines in the file and printing gray barsSB            behind alternating groups of lines. The LIST translatorB            is not an ANSI translator. It does not translate escapeD            sequences, such as those defined by ANSI PPL3, HP-PCL, orE            any other printer protocol. You should continue to use thenD            ANSI data type for printing jobs that include and require>            translation of DEC PPL3 data and control sequences.              5-6 Printing ANSI Files n               $         5.8 Printing the Euro Symbol  E               The ISO Latin-9 (ISO 8859-15) character set is includednH               with the DCPS ANSI translator. This character set includes               the Euro symbol.  @               One way to print the Euro symbol is to include the@               following ANSI escape sequences in your ANSI file:  B                   <ESC>.b        selects ISO Latin-9 character set3                   <ESC>n$        prints Euro symbola                                                                    H                                                  Printing ANSI Files 5-7 C  j                  H                                                                        6H         ________________________________________________________________  H                    Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter      @               DCPS software replaces DEC Image Print-PLUS ClientD               Services[*] and allows you to print DDIF bitonal imageC               files on the PrintServer 17, turbo PrintServer 20 andvB               PrintServer 32 printers using the Image interpreter.  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  ?                 The Image interpreter is not used if PostScripte#                 Level 2 is present.   E                 _____________________________________________________a  D               If your print job includes one of the following param-C               eters, the Image interpreter is not used to print the                document:l  .                   /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION'                   /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP   H               Instead, the file is translated to PostScript for printingF               to provide the feature specified by the parameter value.  *         6.1 Improvements to Image Printing  H               Two factors make printing images a relatively slow process0               in a standard network environment:  H               1. Because a PrintServer printer in a standard environmentA                  handles only PostScript files, the files must beeC                  converted to PostScript format at the user's node, E                  and then processed at the PrintServer printer by thee1                  PostScript interpreter software.E  !               ___________________ B               [*]The DECprint Supervisor product, versions 1.1 andF                  later, is incompatible with all versions of DEC Image  ,                  Print-PLUS Client Services.  H                Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter 6-1 i  o            E            2. Because PostScript Level 1 image files are large, it isoC               time-consuming to send them across the network to theb               printer.  ;            The DCPS software provides faster image printing !            capability because it:   <            o  Enables an image-capable printer to print DDIFA               bitonal images, eliminating the need for conversionnD               to PostScript Level 1 and processing by the PostScript               interpreter.  @            o  Makes use of decompression hardware built into the               printer.  A            o  Allows compressed data to be transmitted across the >               network. The compressed data reaches the printer               faster.i  )      6.2 Examples of Printing Image Filest  B            The following print command sends the files directly to$            the printer for printing:  ?                $ PRINT /QUEUE=queue-name /NOTIFY file-name.DDIFe  =            The following print command translates the file tot#            PostScript for printing:   W                $ PRINT /QUEUE=queue-name /NOTIFY /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=1 file-name.DDIFn                              >      6-2 Printing DDIF Image Files Using the Image Interpreter e  m                  H                                                                        7H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                       Printing PCL Files      %         7.1 How PCL Files Are Printed   :               PCL files are printed in either of two ways:                 1. PCL Translatori  E                  DCPS includes a translator for files containing PCL4 H                  data, as supported by the HP LaserJet IID printer. DCPSD                  does not translate the PCL5, PCL6, or HPGL printingD                  languages. If the DECprint Supervisor software doesA                  not automatically detect your PCL files, you canlE                  explicitly specify the PCL data type using the DATA_u-                  TYPE parameter. For example:   A                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PCL MYFILE.PRNe                  2. Native PCL Mode  E                  Some PostScript printers have a PCL mode that can beeE                  used by the DCPS software. Your job is automatically H                  printed in PCL mode if the printer supports PCL and youF                  do not specify parameters that require translation ofH                  your file to PostScript. This is referred to as "native                  PCL" mode.n  F                  If your printer provides native PCL5 support, you canG                  send HPGL files to your printer if they are surrounded 9                  by the appropriate PCL5 escape sequence.a  E               Figure 7-1 shows how DCPS software processes PCL files.   /         7.2 Processing Files in Native PCL Modee  G               To take advantage of native PCL mode without jeopardizing B               any of its own functions, the DCPS software does the               following:  H                                                   Printing PCL Files 7-1    u            @            1. Prints the initial information about the print jobC               (including the job and file flag pages) in PostScriptt               mode.u  B            2. Sends a control sequence to the printer that changes&               the printer to PCL mode.  C            3. Sends the PCL file directly to the printer and printsy               it.a  E            4. Switches the printer back to PostScript mode and prints '               the trailer page, if any.   @            You can include both PostScript and PCL setup modulesB            with your print job, but the effects may vary from whatA            you would get with a translated print job. Most of theaB            settings in a PostScript setup module do not affect PCLB            printing. The settings in a PCL setup module affect theC            printed output as if they were included in the print jobP            file.  C            Setup modules can be invoked explicitly by using /SETUP,r:            or implicitly by using /FORM or queue defaults.  C            Most printers supported by DCPS have a native PCL inter- A            preter. Refer to the DCPS Software Product Description =            (SPD) for a complete list of the printers that aree(            supported in native PCL mode.  9      7.2.1 PRINT Parameters that Prevent Native PCL Usageo  @            If you are printing a PCL file on a printer supported@            in native PCL mode, your file is sent directly to theC            printer unless the print job requires special PostScript A            processing. You cannot print PCL files directly to the D            printer in native PCL mode if your print job includes one5            or more of the following PRINT parameters:t  *               /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION#               /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UPTA               /PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT (for values greater than 1) C               /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT (if starting page greater than *               1, or ending page specified)          7-2 Printing PCL FilesT ,  a            4         7.3 Processing Files with the PCL Translator  F               You can emulate the front panel settings of the Hewlett-D               Packard LaserJet printer, using the following methods:  9               o  PRINT command parameters (Section 7.3.1)e  1               o  Escape sequences (Section 7.3.2)   =         7.3.1 Using Print Parameters to Modify PCL Print Jobs   H               Table 7-1 shows the PRINT parameters you can use to modify               PCL print jobs.1  E               Table 7-1 PRINT Parameters that Emulate PCL Front Panel H               __________Settings________________________________________                 LaserJet               IID Frontt               PanelsH               Selection___PRINT_Parameter____________Reference__________  @               #copies     /PARAMETERS=SHEET_COUNT    Section 1.5  @               duplex      /PARAMETERS=SIDES[1]       Section 1.3  @               orientation /PARAMETERS=PAGE_          Section 1.4(                           ORIENTATION[1]  @               tray        /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY     Section 3.1               selection:  A               paper size  /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE     Section 10.4s  @               manual      /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY     Section 3.1               feedH               [1]Instructions_in_the_data_file_can_override_this_PRINT__                 parameter.H               __________________________________________________________  -         7.3.1.1 Using the PAGE_SIZE Parameter_  H               You can select the page size with the PAGE_SIZE parameter.C               The following page sizes are supported for PCL files:   &                  7_envelope or Monarch                  A4o                  A3 +                  Business_envelope or COM10e                  C5_envelope  H                                                   Printing PCL Files 7-3 n  p                           DL_envelope                ExecutiveT               Letter (A)               Legal                Ledger (B)  ;            If you specify an unsupported page size, the PCLaA            translator selects a supported size that is closest toi"            the size you specified.  C               ________________________Note ________________________a  B               Page size commands in the PCL file override the page>               size you specify in the PRINT parameter. You can?               create a PostScript setup module to be applied to.>               the translated file that redefines the page size>               operators so that they are ignored when the file>               is printed. See Section 7.3.3 for information on%               creating setup modules.   C               _____________________________________________________   4      7.3.1.2 Print Parameters Ignored for Native PCL  D            DCPS ignores the following print parameters when printingC            PCL files using the native PCL capability of a supportedr            printer:                  INPUT_TRAY               OUTPUT_TRAYo               PAGE_ORIENTATION               PAGE_SIZE                SHEET_SIZE               SIDESe  B            In these cases the default setting of the printer takesC            effect. You can manipulate PCL printer tray selection by B            inserting appropriate PCL escape sequences in the print$            file or in setup modules.  C            Alternatively, you can have these parameters affect youre@            job by forcing translation to PostScript on the host.?            To force translation, use a DCPS feature that forces 7            translation such as PAGE_LIMIT or NUMBER_UP.t        7-4 Printing PCL Files  P  t            =         7.3.2 Using Escape Sequences to Modify PCL Print Jobse  D               The format of the front panel mode escape sequence is:  $               Escape Sequence Format  1                   ESC     !     `     value     Pr                 Decimal Values  3                   027     033   096             080e  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  D                 This format shows spaces between the elements of theB                 command for clarity. Do not include spaces in your                 actual command.   E                 _____________________________________________________   D               Specify front panel settings by following these steps:  F               1. Enable front panel mode by specifying the Front Panel7                  Mode escape sequence with 1 for value.   ?               2. Enter the PCL escape sequence to set the print                   attribute.g  G               3. Disable front panel mode by specifying the Front Panel(7                  Mode escape sequence with 0 for value.s  G               Front panel mode is also disabled by the PCL reset escapes               sequence (ESC E).s  A               You can include PCL escape sequences for any of thet)               following print attributes:u                 o  Symbol set                  o  Spacing                 o  Pitch                 o  Heightc                 o  Style                 o  Stroke weight  8               o  Typeface (Courier and Lineprinter only)  (               o  Horizontal motion index  H                                                   Printing PCL Files 7-5 N  S            #            o  Vertical motion indexr  C            PCL escape sequences allow you to specify both a primaryl@            and a secondary font. Escape sequences for both typesB            of fonts can be included in the front panel mode escape1            sequence for selecting a default font.   D            For example, a PCL escape sequence that sets the pitch toD            16.66 characters per inch (cpi) and ISO 17 Spanish symbol'            set is formatted as follows:u  ;                ESC ! ` 1 P ESC (s16.66H ESC (2S ESC ! ` 0 Pc  C               ________________________Note ________________________a  B               This format shows spaces between the elements of the@               command for clarity. Do not include spaces in your               actual command.c  C               _____________________________________________________t  =            This command includes escape sequences that do theo            following:   %            o  Enable front panel modei  *            o  Set 16.66 cpi (ESC (s16.66H)  5            o  Specify the ISO 17 symbol set (ESC (2S)   &            o  Disable front panel mode        7.3.3 Using a Setup Moduled  8            To create a setup module, follow these steps:  ?            1. Create a setup module that includes the necessaryi7               escape sequences or PostScript operators.w  E            2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into +               a PCL device control library.   A            3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the                 file. For example:  T                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PCL /SETUP=module-name"                   _$ file-name.DAT        7-6 Printing PCL Files                  @               For example, the following PostScript setup moduleA               redefines the tray select escape sequence (a4tray). D               The PCL file contains a page size command to select A4H               paper. If your printer does not support A4 paper, you mustF               make the printing system ignore the page size command toG               print the file. You create a PostScript setup module thattF               redefines the PostScript operator to select A4 paper, as               follows:  "                   statusdict begin                    /a4tray {} def                   end   F         7.3.4 How the PCL Translator Differs from that in the LaserJet               IID Printeri  ?               When producing a file to be printed using the PCLmC               translator, choose the LaserJet IID printer from yourcE               application. There are incompatibilities among LaserJetnE               printers; therefore, files created for a LaserJet modelaG               other than the LaserJet IID printer may not be printed aso               expected.t  H               The PCL translator handles PCL files like the LaserJet IID5               printer, except in the following cases:   F               o  If two files require the same font or macro, the fontE                  or macro is not preserved from one file in the print H                  job to the next. Fonts and macros are preserved betweenF                  setup modules and data files, so fonts and macros canA                  be specified in a setup module. See Section 7.5.h  C               o  If the PCL file uses the Lineprinter typeface, the @                  translator uses 8.5-point Courier in its place.  B               o  If a final partial page is not ejected by the PCL2                  stream, the translator ejects it.  A               o  If the file contains a Font Control command thatrD                  has the copy/assign font option of the Font ControlF                  command, the translator generates a userdata message.  B               o  If the file contains commands to activate DisplayE                  Functions mode, PCL commands and data are discarded.e(                  They are not displayed.  H                                                   Printing PCL Files 7-7 v  h            A            Documentation specifying the PCL language is available B            from Hewlett-Packard. The documentation specific to the!            LaserJet IID includes:p  E            HP LaserJet IID Printer         HP part number 33447 90905e%            Technical Reference Manual   E            HP LaserJet IID Printer User's  HP part number 33447 90901             Manual   D            PCL files can be automatically recognized by the DECprint=            Supervisor software. Files that begin with the PCL A            reset escape sequence (ESC E) or have a file extension E            identified as a PCL data type are automatically recognizeda            as PCL files.         7.4 Changing the Input Tray  D            A PCL file may contain instructions to select the printer@            input tray on a Hewlett-Packard LaserJet IID printer.C            When you print this file on a different type of printer,tA            the print job will fail if the specified input tray isLB            not available. You can modify the print job to redefine?            the input tray selection command, using a PostScripttA            setup module. You can create a PostScript setup moduleoE            to redefine the appropriate PostScript operators, changingtA            the selected input tray. The following example shows acB            PostScript setup module to select PostScript tray 3 forE            the upper input tray, and PostScript tray 1 for the bottome            input tray.  D                /settoptray {statusdict begin 3 setpapertray end} defG                /setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def   B            Input tray values are specific to the printer. Refer toE            the PostScript documentation for your printer to determineo/            the numbers for the available trays.o  @            The input tray selection commands, and the PostScript?            operators to which the PCL translator converts them, C            are listed in Table 7-2. The translator uses the defaultcC            setpapertray value if no other value has been defined. A D            setup module with a different value overrides the default            value._        7-8 Printing PCL Files                  H               Table_7-2_PCL-to-PostScript_Input_Tray_Command_Mapping____  F                                PostScript Extension  Default setpaper-H               PCL_Commands_____Operator______________tray_Value_________  6               Upper tray       settoptray            1  6               Manual input     setmanualfeedtray     0  6               Manual envelope  setmanualfeedtray     0               input   6               Lower tray       setbottomtray         2  6               Optional large   setlcittray           3               tray  H               Envelope_feeder__setenvelopefeedertray_3__________________  =         7.5 Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Print Jobs   B               If your PCL file requires soft fonts to be loaded inA               the printer, or macros for defining forms or raster D               graphics, you can download the font or macro using PCL               setup modules.  A               It is not necessary to declare the fonts and macrossD               permanent. You must declare fonts and macros permanentF               only if the setup module or file contains a reset escape               sequence.e  E               The system manager must create a device control library,H               designated for PCL setup modules, and include that libraryE               in the search list in DCPS$STARTUP.COM, as described inr.               the DCPS System Manager's Guide.  C               PCL setup modules from the PCL device control librarylD               are handled differently from ANSI and PostScript setupA               modules. Records from a PCL module are not appendedAF               with carriage-control characters (<CR><LF>), because PCLF               setup modules can include binary data, such as PCL fontsC               and raster graphics. If the PCL setup module contains F               lines of text that must be separated by carriage-controlE               characters, you must explicitly specify them in the PCL_               setup module.o  E               You can include a soft font or macro in a print job by:u  9               o  Using a setup module (see Section 7.5.1)   H                                                   Printing PCL Files 7-9 f  c            D            o  Including the font or macro file in the print job (see               Section 7.5.2)  ?      7.5.1 Including Soft Fonts and Macros in PCL Setup Modules   D            To include a soft font or macro in a setup module, follow            these steps:   A            1. Include the PCL escape sequence to give the font or ?               macro an identifier at the beginning of the file.n  A            2. Make sure the file is in a format acceptable to theiB               OpenVMS Librarian Utility. The record format must be5               either Variable Length or Fixed Length.n  C            3. Have your system manager insert the file into the PCLnA               device control library using the following command:   T                   $ LIBRARY /INSERT /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:pcl-library-name font-filename  E            To print the PCL file that requires the font or macro, use !            the following command:   O                $ PRINT /QUEUE=queue-name /SETUP=font-filename data-filename.PCL)  @            Your system manager can include the setup module in aC            form definition, which can be associated with a queue by C            default. With this setup, you need only specify the data >            file name and the queue name in your PRINT command.  ;      7.5.2 Including Font and Macro Files in PCL Print Jobs   C            You can print files that require soft fonts or macros bynB            having the application include the font or macro in theE            data file. Or you can create a file that contains the font &            or macro and the data file.  ?      7.6 PC Driver Settings to Avoid Problems with PJL and TBCPo  E            Two printing protocols may cause problems with DCPS. Thesem?            are HP PJL (Print Job Language), and HP TBCP (Tagged_A            Binary Communication Protocol). Documents created from B            a Windows application can have these protocols includedD            in the files. These protocols can be quite useful in someE            environments, but sometimes cause problems for DCPS or for B            printers other than the type for which the document wasC            created. A brief description of PJL and TBCP is includedh        7-10 Printing PCL Files                 F               below, followed by instructions to prevent problems with               DCPS.h  )         7.6.1 Description of PJL and TBCP   E               PJL is a command language that allows job-level printer H               control. TBCP is a communications protocol for the serial,C               LAT, and parallel ports of a printer. It allows 8-bithB               binary data in files concurrent with the use of someA               control characters for communications and print job D               control. You cannot print TBCP to printers that do notB               support TBCP, or to ports other than the serial, LATD               or parallel ports for printers. When an application isF               creating files for printing to printers that support PJL:               or TBCP, the files can include PJL and TBCP.  @         7.6.2 Steps to Prevent Problems with DECprint Supervisor  G               When printing files that include PJL, DCPS strips any PJL E               code from the file. This process allows DCPS to use PJL G               to switch print protocols in the printer, and enables the E               printing of these files on printers that do not support                PJL.  F               If the interconnect to the printer is not serial or LAT,G               the file must not use the TBCP. DCPS does not remove TBCPt               characters.   3         7.6.2.1 Preventing Problems with PostScript   F               When an application is generating PostScript output, use'               the following guidelines:   F               Whether printing to a printer or saving to a file, it is.               best to avoid both TBCP and PJL.  C               If the interconnect is serial or LAT then TBCP may benH               used. If the interconnect is raw TCP/IP or AppleTalk, thenG               TBCP must be disabled. Because detailed information about E               the printer and queue may not be available to a Windows 8               user, HP recommends that TBCP be disabled.  H               Disable the "Tagged Binary" item from the Advanced OptionsB               Menu of printer drivers that offer this option. ThisD               disables TBCP, and the TBCP introducer is not includedC               in the file. Note that disabling the Performance itemoG               "Binary" in the PostScript Option menu is not sufficient.n  H                                                  Printing PCL Files 7-11    R            B            The file will not include binary data, but will includeC            the TBCP introducer, which will cause PostScript errors.         7.6.2.2 Problems with PCL  B            DCPS removes all PJL commands from PCL files, which may@            result in problems when printing these files. Because=            drivers for PCL Level 5 printers use PJL to select ?            advanced printing features such as the configuration =            of the Resolution Enhancement hardware (RET), page B            protection, and print resolution, the print job may not6            print as expected without the PJL commands.  @            Moreover, the PCL is sent to the printer only if DCPSD            supports printing PCL directly to the printer. Otherwise,0            the PCL (Level 4) translator is used.  E            If problems arise with PCL output, an alternative would bemB            to generate PostScript output if the application allows            for it.  >      7.7 Interaction Between Native PCL Printing and Automatic          DATA_TYPE Detection  ?            Jobs that use DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC=PCL may print with B            unexpected results. In particular, files printed as PCL@            which contain commands to switch to PostScript may beD            printed entirely as PCL. This result occurs if all of the$            following cases are true:  ?            o  DCPS does not detect the data type of the file byt>               looking at the first few bytes of the file or by9               matching the file extension to a data type.n  ?            o  The target printer can print PCL files as well asr               PostScript files.e  B            o  DCPS supports use of the PCL language interpreter in               the printer.  >            o  There are no other print qualifiers that requireB               the file to be printed using the PCL translator (for0               example, NUMBER_UP or PAGE_LIMIT).  @            Under these circumstances, DCPS uses the PCL language>            interpreter in the printer, and does not look for aE            switch to PostScript. Also, the automatic language sensing B            feature of the printer is not used to detect the file's        7-12 Printing PCL Files b  n            E               switch from the PCL language to the PostScript languageoG               because DCPS specifies the file's data type as PCL, whichaH               disables any auto language sensing by the printer. You can3               use one of the following workarounds:5  D               1. Set up the print queue to use AUTOMATIC, but selectC                  ANSI as the default data type. Generally, the texttG                  part of files that include both text and PostScript is G                  simple ACSII text that is handled properly by both the *                  ANSI and PCL translators.  C               2. Ensure that the PCL translator is used for all PCL F                  files, by setting up the print queue with a qualifierE                  that requires the use of the PCL translator (include H                  the PAGE_LIMIT parameter as a default queue parameter).B                  Note, however, that the PCL translator interpretsB                  PCL level 4. The printers for which DCPS supportsF                  printing in native PCL mode have PCL level 5 language                  interpreters.  .         7.8 Native PCL Mode Concatenates Files  E               If the PCL language interpreter in a printer is used touH               print PCL files and a job includes multiple PCL files, theG               PCL files are concatenated. DCPS does not ensure that theeE               files begin on new pages, or even that the last line of_G               the first PCL file does not get printed over by the first D               line of the next PCL file. Concatenation can occur if:  F               o  The files do not ensure that the page is ejected fromD                  the printer. To print PCL files correctly, Hewlett-E                  Packard recommends that the files begin and end with /                  the PCL reset sequence <ESC>E._  F               o  Multiple files are specified and two or more files in!                  sequence are PCL   .               o  /COPIES is used on a PCL file  A               o  /JOB_COUNT is used and two or more PCL files arec$                  printed in sequence  ?               If concatenated PCL files are not acceptable, thee0               following workarounds can be used:  E               o  Create and use a PCL setup module to include the PCLeH                  reset sequence in the data stream before a file prints.  H                                                  Printing PCL Files 7-13 s  l            <            o  Print using the PCL translator by specifying aB               parameter that forces DCPS to use the PCL translator5               (for example, NUMBER_UP, or PAGE_LIMIT)r  >            o  Print the job and specify a file separation page-               between all files (PRINT/FLAG).e                                                                                    7-14 Printing PCL Files t  l                  H                                                                        8H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                Printing Proprinter Files      G               DCPS includes a translator for Proprinter files, allowingiE               PostScript printers to emulate the IBM Proprinter XL24.eE               If your Proprinter file is not automatically recognizedoE               by the DECprint Supervisor software, you can explicitly B               specify the Proprinter data type using the DATA_TYPE%               parameter. For example:a  E                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER MYFILE.PROn  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  =                 Because of incompatibilities among Proprinter C                 printers, files created for Proprinter models othern@                 than the XL24 printer may not print as expected.=                 For best results, when producing a file to bea@                 printed using the Proprinter translator, specify@                 the Proprinter XL24 as the printer model in your                 application.  E                 _____________________________________________________   ?         8.1 Proprinter Translator Versus the Proprinter Printer   G               The DCPS translator for Proprinter files differs from theCG               operation of the Proprinter XL24 printer in the following                ways:6  H               o  The XL24 printer does not print two adjacent horizontalB                  dots for some types of raster graphics, while theC                  translator prints all data specified in the rasterUB                  graphic. The translator supplies a special escapeH                  sequence that allows you to specify the print attributeG                  that causes the translator to drop alternate dots (see.                  Section 8.6).  H                                            Printing Proprinter Files 8-1 e               D            o  The translator does not require AGM mode to be enabledD               to process the AGM raster graphic escape sequence (ESC               *).o  A            o  The translator does not contain the bitmaps for theeE               XL24 built-in fonts. Therefore, the prefill commands do D               not store bitmaps or initialize lookup tables to pointC               at bitmaps. Any Proprinter data stream that relies ons.               bitmap initialization will fail.  ?            o  The translator can print either 9-wire or 24-wiremD               downloaded fonts. The mode is determined by the escape<               sequence that the translator encounters first:  E               -  If the Character Font Image Download escape sequencetD                  is encountered first, the mode is determined by the!                  escape sequence.c  <               -  If the Select Print Mode escape sequence isA                  encountered first, the mode is determined by the C                  translator's Front Panel Mode escape sequence (see_                  Section 8.3).  A            o  The XL24 does not underscore or overscore the lowerrA               integral and square root characters. The Proprinter E               translator underscores and overscores these characters.s  >            Documentation specifying the Proprinter language is@            available from IBM. The documentation specific to the,            Proprinter and the XL24 includes:  E            IBM's Proprinter Family         IBM part number SC31-2587-p,            Technical Reference             3  E            IBM's Proprinter X24E and XL24  IBM part number SA34-2106- ,            Guide to Operations             0  <      8.2 How DECprint Supervisor Recognizes Proprinter Files  E            DECprint Supervisor recognizes the Proprinter data type if 8            the files have the following characteristics:  6            o  They begin with an ANSI escape sequence.  =            o  They have a file extension that links them to ae#               Proprinter data type.   "      8-2 Printing Proprinter Files e  f            C               If your Proprinter file does not meet these criteria,dG               you can explicitly specify the data type by including theTC               DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER parameter in your PRINT command.g  D         8.3 Modifying the Default State of the Proprinter Translator  D               The default state of the XL24 can be modified from itsB               front panel and from its DIP switches. Emulate theseC               settings in your print job using PRINT parameters and C               the translator-specific front panel escape sequences. F               Table 8-1 shows the print attributes that you can modify%               using PRINT parameters.   ?               Table 8-1 PRINT Parameters that Affect Proprinter H               __________Settings________________________________________                 Print H               Attribute___PRINT_Parameter____________Reference__________  @               orientation /PARAMETERS=PAGE_          Section 1.4%                           ORIENTATION   @               tray        /PARAMETERS=INPUT_TRAY[1]  Section 3.1               selectionf  A               paper size  /PARAMETERS=PAGE_SIZE      Section 10.7cH               [1]Instructions_in_the_data_file_can_override_this_PRINT__                 parameter.H               __________________________________________________________  E               All of the print attributes on the XL24 front panel andtG               DIP switches can be modified in the Proprinter translator E               using the appropriate front panel mode escape sequence.u  D               The format of the front panel mode escape sequence is:  $               Escape Sequence Format  W                   ESC   `   count-low count-high item-id new-value-low [new-value-high]h                 Decimal Values                     027   096   F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  D                 This format shows spaces between the elements of theB                 command for clarity. Do not include spaces in your  H                                            Printing Proprinter Files 8-3 r  s                           actual command.   C               _____________________________________________________   6            This escape sequence allows you to specify:  C            o  count-low and count-high bytes to indicate the number !               of bytes to follow.   C            o  item-id, which identifies the item to be changed. ThepA               item-id values and the corresponding attributes areP"               listed in Table 8-2.  E            o  new-value is the default translator state for the item, A               assumed if the translator performs a reset. If thiseD               command is stored in a setup module, the default stateE               is applied to the data file following the setup module.   A            Do not use ASCII encoded numerals (1, 2, 3, . . . ) totA            specify the count bytes, item-id, and new-value in theh?            escape sequence. Instead, use ASCII characters whosenD            numeric codes represent the values you want. For example,C            zero is represented by the NULL code; 126 is representedP&            by the tilde character (~).  E            The print attributes that you can change using this escape.B            sequence are listed in Table 8-2. The item-id is listedC            first, followed by a description of the print attribute. C            The third column shows the default Proprinter translator C            behavior for this print attribute. The last column shows 2            how to present the value for each item.  E      Table_8-2_Proprinter_Print_Attributes___________________________m  (      Item-            Default TranslatorE      Id_____DescriptioValue_________________You_Specify_._._.________   3      2      Slashed   Default: 0            1 or 0. 
             0t  3      3      Auto NL   Default: 0            1 or 0.   E      4      Form      Default: based on     The page length in points D             length    logical page length.  (72 units per inch). Any=                       See Section 8.4.2.    value is allowed.   "      8-4 Printing Proprinter Files    P            H         Table_8-2_(Cont.)_Proprinter_Print_Attributes___________________  +         Item-            Default TranslatoraH         Id_____DescriptioValue_________________You_Specify_._._.________  H         5      Character Default: Set 1        1 indicates character set1                set                             1. H                                                2 indicates character set1                                                2.   6         6      Auto CR   Default: 0            1 or 0.  G         7      Margins   Default: based on     The page width in pointsrG                          logical page width.   (72 units per inch). Any @                          See Section 8.4.2.    value is allowed.  6         8      Ignore    This determines       1 or 0.+                FF        whether form feeds_'                          are ignored at_)                          the top of form. #                          Default: 1e  B         12     12 cpi    There are three       2 indicates 12 cpi.D                comp.     options: 12, 17.1,    3 indicates 17.1 cpi.B                          or 20 cpi. Default:   4 indicates 20 cpi.                          12t  G         13     Code      Default: 437          The code page value: 437T6                page                            or 850.  6         14     AGM       Default: disabled     1 or 0.  A         16     Left      Default: 18 points    The left offset in C                offset    (1/4 in.)             points. Any value is 7                                                allowed.n  H         17     Top       Default: 36 points    The top offset in points.D                offset    (1/2 in.)             Any value is allowed.F                                                This is the position ofH                                                the baseline of the first@                                                line of the file.  B         19     CharactersDefault: 10 cpi       1 indicates 10 cpi.B                per inch                        2 indicates 12 cpi.D                                                3 indicates 17.1 cpi.B                                                4 indicates 20 cpi.H                                                5 indicates proportional.  H                                            Printing Proprinter Files 8-5 s  o            E      Table_8-2_(Cont.)_Proprinter_Print_Attributes___________________   (      Item-            Default TranslatorE      Id_____DescriptioValue_________________You_Specify_._._.________C  3      20     Emphasize Default: 0            1 or 0.y  3      21     Dbl Wide  Default: 0 (single)   1 or 0.a  3      22     Dbl High  Default: 0 (single)   1 or 0.   B      23     Printer   Number for use with   The printer ID number.(             ID        ERDPR. Default: 23  3      24     9-wire    A flag that           1 or 0.o'             or 24-    determines 9-wirem(             wire      (0) or 24-wire (1)%             down-     emulation. This $             loaded    is required so&             fonts     that appropriate*                       downloaded fonts are*                       selected with ESC I.&                       Default: 24-wire  3      25     Grey      A flag that is        1 or 0. %             bitmaps   true if bitmapsA&                       are printed dark'                       gray (85% black).                         Default: 0  B      26     Printer   Number for use with   The printer ID number.'             ID        ERSIC. Default: 3   3      27     Alternate A flag that           1 or 0.i(             dots      determines whether(                       alternate dots are(                       dropped in certain%                       graphics modes. E      _________________Default:_0_____________________________________f  :      8.3.1 Creating a Setup Module for Proprinter Commands  A            The front panel mode commands affect the way a file is @            printed if the commands are in a setup module and the?            setup module is specified with the file in the PRINT A            command. To use front panel commands to affect a print ,            job, use the following procedure:  "      8-6 Printing Proprinter Files                 H               1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary front%                  panel mode commands.c  H               2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into5                  a Proprinter device control library.   D               3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the#                  file. For example:e  M                      $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=PROPRINTER -b8                      _$ /SETUP=module-name file-name.DAT  B               The system manager can include the setup module in aC               form definition, which can be associated with a queue F               by default. In this case, you need only specify the data@               file name and the queue name in the PRINT command.  E               For example, to change the default character set of the E               translator from code page 437, character set 1, to codesC               page 850, character set 2, create a setup module that 5               contains the following escape sequence:   $               Escape Sequence Format  F                   ESC `    ETX NUL CR  R   ETX ESC `   STX NUL ENQ STX                 Decimal Values  F                   027 096  003 000 013 082 003 027 096 002 000 005 002  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  B                 These examples show spaces between the elements ofA                 the command for clarity. Do not include spaces ina$                 your actual command.  E                 _____________________________________________________d  F               To change the translator from printing on just 10 inchesH               of a letter-size sheet to printing on all 11 inches of theF               sheet, create a setup module that includes the following               escape sequences:   $               Escape Sequence Format  E                   ESC '   STX NUL DC1 LF  ESC '   ETX NUL EOT CAN ETX_                 Decimal Values  E                   027 096 002 000 017 010 027 096 003 000 004 024 003   H                                            Printing Proprinter Files 8-7                 @            This front panel command changes the top offset to 10A            points, and sets the text length to 11 inches. BecauseoD            most laser printers cannot print on the entire sheet, youB            may need to scale the page using the NUMBER_UP or LAYUP7            parameters to fit within the printable area.   $      8.4 Changing the Printable Area  C            Applications that create files for Proprinter print jobs A            assume that the entire page is available for printing.sC            Dot matrix printers, such as Proprinter devices, use thesD            full page. Laser printers, such as those supported by theE            DCPS software, have a printable area that is often smallertD            than the entire page, and leave a blank margin around the            printable area.  <            The software that translates Proprinter files forA            PostScript printing formats the text so that it prints ?            only within the printable area on the laser printer. @            Specifically, the translator formats the text so thatB            it does not print within 1/4 inch of the left and rightE            edges of the page, nor within 1/2 inch of the bottom edge. @            The first line of a file prints with its baseline 1/2E            inch from the top edge of the page. This is illustrated in             Figure 8-1.                                        "      8-8 Printing Proprinter Files l  :            :         8.4.1 Proprinter Files That Do Not Fit on the Page  H               When you print a Proprinter file, you may find that a pageF               that should fit on one page requires two pages, as shown               in Figure 8-2.  G               You can correct this problem by using a setup module that B               causes the translator to put more lines on the page.  D               For example, to change the translator from printing onG               10 inches of a letter-size sheet to printing on 11 inches D               of the sheet, create a setup module to scale the page.5               Include the following escape sequences:   /               Proprinter Escape Sequence Format   F                    ESC '   STX NUL DC1 LF  ESC '   ETX NUL EOT CAN ETX                 Decimal Values  F                    027 096 002 000 017 010 027 096 003 000 004 024 003  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  B                 These examples show spaces between the elements ofA                 the command for clarity. Do not include spaces inu$                 your actual command.  E                 _____________________________________________________   D               This changes the top offset to 10 points, and sets the'               text length to 11 inches.   H               The new output may also need to be scaled because the textA               prints off the bottom of the page (see Figure 8-3).   E               You can correct this problem by scaling the page image. G               To scale the page image, specify any one of the following +               qualifiers for the print job:e  )                   /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=1i6                   /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=BORDERS>                   /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=layup-file-name  D               The DCPS software includes an example layup definition?               file that shrinks the size of the logical page tor>               fit within the normal laser printer margins. TheB               example file PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE.LUP is supplied inH               SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]. Ask your system managerD               to copy it to the DCPS$LAYUP area if it is not already  H                                            Printing Proprinter Files 8-9 h  C            C            there. Then you can specify the layup definition file in )            the PRINT command, as follows:c  V                $ PRINT file-name.PRO /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE                                                                                  #      8-10 Printing Proprinter Filesr e               <               The final output is illustrated in Figure 8-4.  @         8.4.2 Specifying the Page Size for Proprinter Print Jobs  E               You can select the page size with the /PARAMETERS=PAGE_ G               SIZE qualifier. All page size values are supported by themE               Proprinter translator. The translator will print withineG               the area of the page specified by the PAGE_SIZE parameter F               except for a small area around the edge of the page. TheF               area around the edge of the page is specified by the top9               offset and the left offset (see Table 8-2).a  F               The top offset specifies the position of the baseline ofF               the first line of the page as well as the default marginF               at the bottom of the page. The default top offset is 1/2               inch.S  H               The left offset specifies the area at the left edge of theE               page as well as the default margin at the right edge ofs<               the page. The default left offset is 1/4 inch.  F               If your application allows for a margin around the page,-               you can decrease these offsets.a  G               If you need a page size that is not supported by DECprintdB               Supervisor, you can explicitly specify the page sizeB               using the front panel mode escape sequences for formH               length and margins (see Table 8-2). These escape sequencesH               specify the length and width of the page measured from the               offsets.  ?         8.5 Specifying the Input Tray for Proprinter Print Jobs   F               A Proprinter file may contain instructions to select theH               printer input tray on a Proprinter printer. When you printE               this file on a different type of printer, the print job E               will fail if the specified input tray is not available. E               You can modify the print job to redefine the input tray F               selection command, using a PostScript setup module. YourF               system manager can create a setup module to redefine theC               appropriate Postscript operators, as in the following E               which shows the contents of a setup module that selects H               tray 3 for the upper input tray, and tray 1 for the bottom               input tray.   H                                           Printing Proprinter Files 8-11 h  e            D                /settoptray {statusdict begin 3 setpapertray end} defG                /setbottomtray {statusdict begin 1 setpapertray end} def   B            Input tray values are specific to the printer. Refer toE            the PostScript documentation for your printer to determine /            the numbers for the available trays.   @            The input tray selection commands, and the PostScript@            operators to which the Proprinter translator convertsB            them, are listed in Table 8-3. The default setpapertrayB            value is the value that the translator uses if no otherB            value has been defined. A setup module with a different2            value would override the default value.  E            Table_8-3_PostScript_Operators_for_Changing_Input_Trays___d  ;                                    PostScript       Defaulti@                                    Extension        setpapertrayE            Bin____Meaning__________Operator_________Value____________               0      No changed  5            1      Upper tray       settoptray       1   5            2      Lower tray       setbottomtray    2   E            3______Envelope_feeder__setenvelopefeedertray_____________e  6      8.6 Including Soft Fonts in Proprinter Print Jobs  C            If your Proprinter file requires soft fonts to be loadedtE            in the printer, you can download the font using Proprinter             setup modules.   B            The system manager must create a device control library>            designated for Proprinter setup modules and includeB            that library in the search list in DCPS$STARTUP.COM, as8            described in the DCPS System Manager's Guide.  >            Proprinter setup modules from the Proprinter device@            control library are handled differently from ANSI and>            PostScript setup modules. Records from a ProprinterC            module are not appended with carriage control characters B            (<CR><LF>) because Proprinter setup modules can includeE            binary data, such as Proprinter fonts and raster graphics.UE            If the Proprinter setup module contains lines of text that   #      8-12 Printing Proprinter Filesd    a            H               must be separated by carriage control characters, you mustE               explicitly specify them in the Proprinter setup module.   >               Proprinter setup modules are processed without aH               subsequent page eject command, so that anything printed byE               such setup modules will appear on the first page of thec               file.t                                                                            H                                           Printing Proprinter Files 8-13 t  g                  H                                                                        9H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                 Using the List Data Type      E               The List data type is a list numbering tool that prints H               line-oriented text in a format that is easier to read. The5               List data type creates output that has:o  6               o  The file name at the top of each page  8               o  The page number at the top of each page  7               o  Line numbers for each line of the file   7               o  Horizontal gray bars shading each pagec  >               o  An end marker to indicate the end of the file  G               Figure 9-1 is an example of a page printed using the List                data type.                                      H                                             Using the List Data Type 9-1 t  f            !      9.1 Using the List Data Typea  ?            Use the following PRINT parameter to print your textt-            document using the List data type:   )                /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=LISTP  D            For example, to print the file XREPORT.TXT using the List2            data type, enter the following command:  =                $ PRINT XREPORT.TXT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=LISTl  B            By default, DCPS prints using the List data type if the2            file extension is one of the following:  J                B32    BAS    BLI    C      CBL    COM    CPP    CXX    FORC                H      HXX    MAR    MMS    PAS    PLI    R32    REQf  D            See the DCPS System Manager's Guide for information about            changing this list.  4      9.2 Using OpenVMS Forms with the List Data Type  E            The List data type ignores form settings for margins, page B            width, and so forth when formatting pages. It creates aE            page with maximum content at a size compatible with both A !            (Letter) and A4 paper:.  8               Portrait orientation: 80 columns, 70 lines:               Landscape orientation: 132 columns, 55 lines  D            However, any setup modules invoked by the form definition(            are applied to the print job.                        !      9-2 Using the List Data Type  t  i                  H                                                                       10H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                              Using Advanced Page Layouts      D               This chapter describes how to print different types ofH               files on a PostScript printer, and shows how to access theH               printer-specific features. Some features are not supportedG               by all types of printers. You should be aware of the type D               of file you are printing, and the capabilities of your               printer.  E               There are many types of PostScript printers with unique C               capabilities and features. Make sure your printer can A               perform the functions you specify in the print job.eD               If your printer does not have a capability you requestC               (for example, two-sided printing), your print job may D               be terminated and a message displayed to inform you ofF               the problem. Some of the unique capabilities that may be0               available on your printer include:  ,               o  Two-sided (duplex) printing  F               o  Variable paper sizes (envelopes, B-size paper, and so                  forth),  >               o  Multiple input trays and input tray selection  @               o  Multiple output trays and output tray selection                 o  Color printingr  G               In addition to these printer-specific features, make sure)D               the type of media you request is loaded in the printer1               before you enter the PRINT command.s          H                                         Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-1 t  n            &      10.1 Printing Two-Sided Documents  C            To select two-sided printing, use the SIDES parameter toi            the PRINT command.   D            The SIDES parameter provides the printing features listed            in Table 10-1.r  E            Table_10-1_Values_for_SIDES_Parameter_____________________   E            Value____________Definition_______________________________o  E            1, ONE, or       Your job prints on one side of the sheet.t            ONE_SIDED_o            SIMPLEX  @            2, TWO, or       Your job prints on both sides of the@            TWO_SIDED_       sheet. The second side is reached byD            DUPLEX           turning the page about its left edge, as5                             in the binding of a book.o  @            TUMBLE or        Your job prints on both sides of theD            TWO_SIDED_       sheet, and alternating pages are rotatedE            TUMBLE           180 degrees. Figure 10-2 shows the format E                             for two-sided tumble printing. The seconddE                             side is reached by turning the page aboutcE                             its top edge, as in some legal documents.t  D            ONE_SIDED_       Your job prints on one side of the sheetA            DUPLEX           but alternate pages may be offset for C                             binding. Retains page layout for duplexcC                             printing for copying on duplex copiers.YA                             Reflects the placement of margins and )                             page numbers.A  >            ONE_SIDED_       Your job prints on one side of theD            TUMBLE           sheet, and alternating pages are rotated@                             180 degrees. This allows you to make@                             a tumble-formatted copy to take to aA                             copying facility for multiple copies.sA                             Reflects the placement of margins and )                             page numbers.a      %      10-2 Using Advanced Page Layoutsl                 H               Table_10-1_(Cont.)_Values_for_SIDES_Parameter_____________  H               Value____________Definition_______________________________  E               TWO_SIDED_       Your job is printed on both sides of anG               SIMPLEX          sheet. This setting does not reflect the.H               _________________placement_of_margins.____________________                                                                            H                                         Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-3    c            2      10.2 Specifying Landscape and Tumble Printing  ?            Files printed in landscape orientation (text printed C            parallel to the long edge of the paper) are, by default, B            printed in tumble mode when printed on two sides of theD            paper (see Figure 10-1). This provides output that can be7            bound along the top and flipped for reading.t  E            To print pages in portrait orientation and tumble mode (as E            shown in Figure 10-2), use the SIDES=TUMBLE parameter. ForM            example:c  9                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=TUMBLE MYFILE.PS                                                                 %      10-4 Using Advanced Page Layoutsr r  C            ?               If you need a landscape oriented document printede>               on two sides and bound along the short edge (seeC               Figure 10-3), use both the SIDES=TUMBLE and the PAGE_eD               ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE parameters in the PRINT command.                 For example:  Y                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SIDES=TUMBLE,PAGE_ORIENTATION=LANDSCAPE) MYFILE.PS   H               If you specify SIDES=TUMBLE for a print job destined for aG               printer that does not support tumble printing, your print G               job is terminated and the following message is displayed:   M               DCPS-E-TUMBNOSUP, printer-name does not support tumble printinge  F               To display the SIDES parameter values that are supportedC               by your printer, enter the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER SIDES A               command and select the subtopic that describes your                printer.                                                    H                                         Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-5                 C      10.3 Specifying Multiple PostScript Files in Duplex Print Jobs   ;            The DECprint Supervisor software treats adjacent C            PostScript files in a print job as if they were combined A            into a single file. Therefore, when you print multiple C            PostScript files in one duplex print job, pages from one @            file may be printed on the same sheet with pages fromE            another file. All other types of files automatically start_            on a new sheet.  B            Use the following command to print two PostScript files)            using both sides of the sheet:   J                $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS  @            If FILE1.PS has three pages, page 1 is printed on theB            front of the first sheet; page 2 is printed on the backD            of the first sheet; and page 3 is printed on the front ofE            the next sheet. Then, page 1 of FILE2.PS is printed on the_)            back of that sheet, and so on._  B            To begin printing each new file on a new sheet, use the?            /FLAG, /BURST, or /TRAILER qualifier to print a filedD            separation page between files. For example, the followingC            command prints FILE1.PS and FILE2.PS and includes a flag2"            page between each file:  S                $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$DUPLEX /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 /FLAG FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS   ,      10.4 Specifying the Physical Sheet Size  D            You can specify the size of the physical sheet or type ofE            media on which to print your file. The DECprint SupervisoriB            software may assume this information automatically from            the:.  )            o  Information inside the file   *            o  Printer's default input tray  C            o  Logical page size specified in the PRINT command (see                Section 10.7).      %      10-6 Using Advanced Page Layouts  p               @               You can explicitly request a certain sheet size byF               including the SHEET_SIZE parameter in your PRINT commandH               to specify a value that describes the physical media size.               For example:  =                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SHEET_SIZE=A4 MYFILE.PSs  G               To list the values available with your printer, enter therD               HELP PRINT_PARAMETER SHEET_SIZE command and select the3               subtopic that describes your printer.   H               Some sheet sizes are known by multiple names, as listed inC               Table 10-2. You may use any of these names to specifyiB               a sheet size to DCPS. The DCPS term is the term thatB               DCPS prints on the trailer page and reports in error               messages.   H               Table_10-2_Sheet_and_Page_Size_Synonyms___________________  H               DCPS_Term_____________Synonym_____________________________  )               Business_Envelope     Com10e  +               7_Envelope            Monarchn  H               Halfletter____________Statement___________________________  >         10.5 Printing Multiple Pages on Each Side of the Sheet  F               You can print more than one page on each side of a sheetB               of paper. Printing this way saves paper and providesH               customized printed documents. Figure 10-4 shows four pagesE               on each side of a sheet. Use the NUMBER_UP parameter in G               the PRINT command to specify the number of pages to print <               on each side of a sheet of paper. For example:  ;                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.PSu  F               To fit multiple pages on a side, the DECprint SupervisorC               software changes the size of the logical pages in theAD               document to fit in the area on the physical side. ThisH               change does not affect the relationship of the page height                to the page width.    H                                         Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-7                 ?      10.5.1 Using NUMBER_UP with Input Tray Selection Operators   D            If you specify NUMBER_UP=1 for a file that has input trayD            selection operators, the printer changes paper trays, but9            the image is not resized to fit the new paper.   E            Input tray selection commands in a file are ignored if the D            file is printed with a NUMBER_UP value greater than 1. IfD            you include the /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command, a=            message is displayed to inform you of this action.   1      10.5.2 Using NUMBER_UP with Page Orientation   E            When you print using NUMBER_UP, the aspect ratio (that is,_E            the relationship of the height of the page to the width ofrD            the page) is preserved. Therefore, a portrait-shaped pageA            retains its portrait shape. However, because NUMBER_UPcE            may scale and rotate the pages to make the best use of the C            available space, the logical page and physical sheet mayf'            have different orientations.=  @            The pages print vertically, but you hold the sheet inE            landscape orientation to read them. To print two pages per D            sheet using portrait orientation as shown in Figure 10-5,%            use the following command:   T                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=2,PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT) file-name  C            To print two pages per sheet using landscape orientationc>            as shown in Figure 10-6, use the following command:  T                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=2,PAGE_ORIENTATON=LANDSCAPE) file-name  /      10.5.3 Using NUMBER_UP with Multiple Filese  A            When you specify more than one file in a print job and2A            use NUMBER_UP to print more than one page on each side_A            of a sheet, all the files in the print job are printedtE            using the NUMBER_UP value. If any files are not PostScript B            files, they are printed starting on a new sheet. If anyC            files are PostScript files, they are printed starting ataE            the next page spot (the next location defined for a page)._      %      10-8 Using Advanced Page Layoutss u               H               For example, to print two ANSI files, one with seven pagesD               and one with one page printed at four pages per sheet,*               enter the following command:  V                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 7PAGES.TXT,1PAGE.TXT  C               The first four pages of 7PAGES.TXT are printed on thetA               first sheet. The last three pages of 7PAGES.TXT aretG               printed on the second sheet; one page spot is left blank.eD               The file 1PAGE.TXT is printed on the third sheet, with*               three page spots left blank.  E               To print two PostScript files, one with seven pages and,H               one with one page, printed four pages per sheet, enter the                following command:  U                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$IGUANA /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 7PAGES.PS,1PAGE.PS   B               The first four pages of 7PAGES.PS print on the firstD               sheet. The last three pages of 7PAGES.PS and the first9               page of 1PAGE.PS print on the second sheet.-  E               To ensure that each new file in the multiple PostScriptt>               file job is started on a new sheet, specify fileC               separation pages using the /BURST, /FLAG, or /TRAILERt%               qualifier. For example:n  Y                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A14 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 /FLAG FILE1.PS,FILE2.PS_  &         10.6 Printing a Range of Pages  H               You can print a specific page or range of pages in a print               job.  D               To print a specific range of pages from the print job,G               include the PAGE_LIMIT parameter in the PRINT command and:E               the range of pages. For example, to print only the 50th H               through the 100th page of a print job, enter the following               command:  E                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,100)" MYFILE.PSa  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  ?                 Quotation marks are required when the parametere=                 value contains a comma, as in this PAGE_LIMITa  H                                         Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-9                                parameter.  C               _____________________________________________________   >            The pages you specify do not correspond to the page@            numbers in the document. They represent the number ofD            pages that have been printed. You can specify printing ofD            just the last portion of this file by using the following            command:   ?                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(50,)" MYFILE.PS   B            This example instructs the DECprint Supervisor softwareC            to start printing at the 50th page in the print job, and 0            continue to the end of the print job.  ?            You can specify printing of just the first part of a 3            document by using the following command:.  :                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_LIMIT=50 MYFILE.PS  E            This example instructs the DECprint Supervisor software tof5            print the first 50 pages of the print job.   <            When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter, your print?            job completes when the upper-limit value is reached. A            Therefore, if you specify the PAGE_LIMIT parameter and E            do not print to the end of the file, you do not get a file B            trailer page for the file that was cut off. The rest ofB            the data for that file and for any subsequent files for%            that print job is ignored..  1      10.6.1 Using PAGE_LIMIT with Multiple Copies   E            Do not use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter when you make multiples@            copies with the /COPIES or /JOB_COUNT qualifiers. TheA            print job may be completed before the next copy begins B            printing. If you want to print multiple copies of a job@            for which you specify PAGE_LIMIT, use the SHEET_COUNT'            parameter (see Section 1.5).           &      10-10 Using Advanced Page Layouts                 0         10.6.2 Restarting Interrupted Print Jobs  H               You can save paper when you restart interrupted print jobsF               by using the PAGE_LIMIT parameter to start the print jobF               near the point where the print job stopped. For example:  I                   $ SET ENTRY /PARAMETERS="PAGE_LIMIT=(30,)" /RELEASE 3012  F               In this example, print job 301 was released and printing8               started on the 30th page of the print job.  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  C                 Using the PAGE_LIMIT parameter will not save system @                 overhead or processing time because the DECprintA                 Supervisor software must process the entire print A                 job from the beginning in order to print selectedq                 pages.  E                 _____________________________________________________   7         10.6.3 Using PAGE_LIMIT on Two-Sided Print Jobs   E               When you use the PAGE_LIMIT parameter with duplex (two- D               sided) print jobs, the software ignores the respectiveD               positions of left (verso) and right (recto) pages. TheG               first page you specify with the PAGE_LIMIT parameter wille%               always be a recto page.I  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  C                 To successfully print with PAGE_LIMIT on both sides D                 of the paper and maintain the positions of recto andB                 verso pages, you must specify a recto page for the$                 first page to print.  E                 _____________________________________________________p  F               The maximum PAGE_LIMIT value, for either the starting or%               ending page, is 999999.           H                                        Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-11 u  f            *      10.7 Specifying the Logical Page Size  C            Certain types of files contain instructions for the size A            of the page that will be printed. The application thatsE            generates PostScript files, for example, assumes a certain C            media size and generates PostScript data to create pages             of that size.  E            Note, however, that the logical page size specified in thehC            file differs from the physical size of a sheet of paper. C            You specify the physical sheet size using the SHEET_SIZE @            parameter. Use the PAGE_SIZE parameter to specify theD            logical page size for files that do not have instructions            for the page size.h  B            If you do not specify SHEET_SIZE in your PRINT command,B            the PAGE_SIZE value is assumed to be the physical sheetC            size as well. In a print job where neither PAGE_SIZE nornE            SHEET_SIZE are specified, the DECprint Supervisor softwaree@            assumes the size of the media loaded into the default            input tray.  A            To list the PAGE_SIZE values supported by the DECprinte?            Supervisor, enter the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER PAGE_SIZES            command.   C            To print an ANSI file using a logical page that will fit ?            on a business envelope, enter the following command:   G                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=PAGE_SIZE=BUSINESS_ENVELOPE ADDR.TXT   D            If you include the PAGE_SIZE parameter in a print job forC            PostScript files, the parameter is ignored. However, you C            can include both the PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE parameters_A            to allow the logical page to be adjusted to fit on then-            physical sheet (see Section 10.8).   D            Some page sizes are known by multiple names, as listed inB            Table 10-2. You may use any of these names to specify aB            page size to DCPS. The DCPS term is the term printed byC            DCPS on the trailer page and reported in error messages.A        &      10-12 Using Advanced Page Layouts                 2         10.8 Changing the Size of the Printed Page  D               In a PostScript file, the page size is the size of theD               media that the application assumes when generating theC               PostScript file. In most cases, the page size and thesB               sheet size are identical. However, you can specify aD               different page size and sheet size so that the logicalH               page is scaled to fit on the physiscal sheet. For example,H               use the following command tp print B-size images on A-size               paper:  M                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=A,PAGE_SIZE=B) MOD_LINE.TXT   F               When you specify the PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE parametersE               with different values, the DECprint Supervisor software C               automatically scales the pages to fit the sheet size, D               including borders around pages as if you had specifiedG               the NUMBER_UP parameter. You can use the LAYUP_DEFINITIONrF               parameter as described in Chapter 11 to disable borders.  =         10.8.1 Automatic Scaling When Queue Has PAGE_SIZE andi$                SHEET_SIZE Parameters  B               DCPS assumes an implicit NUMBER_UP=1 when all of the)               following conditions exist:   G               o  Queue default parameters for both PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_e6                  SIZE have been set to different sizes  F               o  Your PRINT command does not specify these parameters:                    -  PAGE_SIZE                     -  SHEET_SIZE                    -  INPUT_TRAY  E               o  NUMBER_UP and LAYUP_DEFINITION are not specified for 3                  the queue or in your print commanda  D               NUMBER_UP=1 scales the logical page size to fit on theG               physical sheet size. This results in the same behavior as F               specifying different values for PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZEH               on the command line without specifying NUMBER_UP or LAYUP_               DEFINITION.   H                                        Using Advanced Page Layouts 10-13    i            C               ________________________Note ________________________   ?               Files that contain instructions to select a paper ?               tray or media size may not print as expected whenS3               you use this method of scaling pages.   C               _____________________________________________________0                                                                            &      10-14 Using Advanced Page Layouts s  x                  H                                                                       11H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                  Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents      3         11.1 Specifying Layup Options in Print Jobs   C               Layup is a printing system feature that allows you toaC               map logical pages to physical sheets. The page layoutbG               adjustments you can make include specifying the number ofsE               pages to print on each sheet of paper, setting margins,m-               and using borders around pages.   F               Page layup adjustments can be specified in two ways. YouE               can include layup options directly in the PRINT command E               line, or you can include a layup definition file in the                print job.  0         11.1.1 Specifying Layup in the Print Job  F               You can include a layup definition file in the print job1               using the following command format:x  N                   $ PRINT file-name.PS /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=layup_file  F               In the PRINT command line, include the name of the layupD               definition file for layup_file, but do not include the               file type .LUP.t  G               You can directly specify one or more layup options in theeE               PRINT command by including them in the LAYUP_DEFINITION &               parameter as shown here:  G                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(LAYUP="(NOBORDERS)",NUMBER_UP=2)   E               This command is useful for disabling borders when usinggE               the NUMBER_UP parameter. When you provide layup optionsi@               directly using the LAYUP_DEFINITION parameter, youE               must include the quotation marks and the parentheses to H               distinguish the options from a layup definition file name.  H                             Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-1 s  o            6            The layup options are listed in Table 11-1.    E            Table_11-1_Layup_Definition_File_Options__________________e  E            Layup_Option__Operation_Performed_________Reference_______   C            ALTERNATE     Exchanges a pair of         Section 11.1.2l-                          margins on alternatei                           sheets.  C            BORDERS       Draws a border around each  Section 11.1.3n                          page.  C            FIRSTPAGE     Specifies the first page    Section 11.1.4 .                          spot (print location)-                          where a page will bea!                          printed.d  C            GRID          Sets the number of page     Section 11.1.5 ,                          spots on a sheet in0                          columns and rows. (This1                          option overrides NUMBER_                           UP.)e  C            MARGINS=t,b,l,rets the margins for a      Section 11.1.6e2                          sheet, where t is the top0                          margin, b is the bottom.                          margin, l is the left3                          margin, and r is the right 1                          margin. Pages are scaled 3                          to fit within the margins.i  C            PAGEORDER     Specifies the order in      Section 11.1.7 0                          which pages appear on a                          sheet.t  C            PAGESPERSHEET Sets the number of pages    Section 11.1.8 3                          that will print per sheet, 0                          no matter how many page1                          spots are set by NUMBER_ E            ______________UP._________________________________________   ?            The following sections describe the layup options in A            more detail. Section 11.2.1 includes some sample layup             definition files.  1      11-2 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documentsr 3  r            ,         11.1.2 Specifying Margin Alternation  F               The ALTERNATE option lets you exchange a pair of marginsE               on alternate sheets. This option is useful to prepare at+               job for double-sided copying.   E               Table 11-2 describes the values that can be supplied to #               the ALTERNATE option.   H               Table_11-2_ALTERNATE_Option_Values________________________  H               Value___Result____________________________________________  7               LEFT    Left and right margins alternate.i  7               RIGHT   Left and right margins alternate.   ,               none    Same behavior as LEFT.  7               TOP     Top and bottom margins alternate.   H               BOTTOM__Top_and_bottom_margins_alternate._________________  F               If you specify ALTERNATE with no option values, the left*               and right margins alternate.  F               Margin alternation is part of the default processing for=               print jobs with the following print parameters:E  )               o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=TUMBLE_  3               o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=ONE_SIDED_DUPLEX   3               o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=ONE_SIDED_TUMBLEe  @               Margin alternation is not performed as part of theH               default processing for print jobs with the following print               parameters:   $               o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=1  4               o  /PARAMETERS=SIDES=TWO_SIDED_SIMPLEX  C               If you omit /PARAMETERS=SIDES from the PRINT command,aF               the margin alternation processing depends on the printer>               hardware (refer to your printer owner's manual).  H                             Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-3    t            +      11.1.3 Specifying and Omitting Bordersb  >            The BORDERS option draws a border around each page.@            Borders are useful for differentiating pages when youD            are printing a job using PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP. (IfB            you use NUMBER_UP, the default is to draw borders.) You?            can turn off the borders using the NOBORDERS option.   A            Borders are drawn around actual pages only, not around A            all page spots. This feature allows you to distinguishrC            between blank pages in a document and nonexistent pages.rB            Figure 11-1 shows four pages printed on a sheet without.            the borders option. The command is:  Z                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=4,"LAYUP_DEFINITION=(NOBORDERS)") MYFILE.MEM  A            Figure 11-2 shows the same pages printed with borders,cE            which is the default action for print jobs with NUMBER_UP.s            The command is:  9                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=4 MYFILE.MEM                                                 1      11-4 Using Layup to Modify Printed DocumentsP r  e              4         11.1.4 Specifying the First Page Spot to Use  F               The FIRSTPAGE option specifies the first page spot (that9               is, location) where a page will be printed.   E               You must specify a value to FIRSTPAGE. The value is the G               number of the page spot on which to print the first page. G               Page spots are numbered starting at 1. The value supplied B               to FIRSTPAGE must be less than or equal to the valueD               supplied to NUMBER_UP. You cannot specify NOFIRSTPAGE.  C               The default is to use the first page spot on a sheet.n  F               The FIRSTPAGE option affects only the first sheet of theH               print job. All other sheets begin printing at page spot 1.  H               The FIRSTPAGE option is useful for specifying how to printD               pages when you need to preview the layout of pages forH               documents with right and left pages. Without the FIRSTPAGEF               option, pages are printed at all the page spots. You canG               use FIRSTPAGE to print your layout in a way that reflectst'               the right and left pages.S                                            H                             Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-5    l            E            Figure 11-3 shows how pages are printed when the NUMBER_UP C            value is 8 and the FIRSTPAGE value is not specified. For             example:o  F                $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A10 /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP=8 MYFILE.PS  A            Note that the last page printed on the first side is aM            left page.                                                                           1      11-6 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documentsi O  V            F               Figure 11-4 shows how pages are printed when NUMBER_UP=89               and FIRSTPAGE=2 are both used. For example:   V                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(NUMBER_UP=8,"LAYUP_DEFINITION=(FIRSTPAGE=2)") -.                   _$ /QUEUE=PS40$A10 MYFILE.PS  D               As this figure shows, the last page printed is a right               page.t  '         11.1.5 Specifying the Page Gridw  C               Instead of using the NUMBER_UP parameter in the PRINTaF               command to specify the maximum number of page spots on aF               sheet, you can use the GRID option in a layup definition               file.   F               The GRID option takes two values. The first value is theH               number of columns in the grid, the second is the number ofD               rows. The product of the two values cannot exceed 100.  G               The grid is interpreted in relation to the pages, not thedG               sheet. As with NUMBER_UP, the orientation of the pages iseG               independent of the sheet orientation. Thus, you can printuH               pages with portrait orientation, but you hold the sheet in%               landscape to read them.n  G               The following example specifies that the pages will printuH               6-up, in a grid of two columns across and three rows down:                     Grid = 2, 3n  '         11.1.6 Specifying Sheet Margins   G               The MARGINS option sets the margins of the sheet on whichfB               you are printing. This option takes four values. TheG               values set the top, bottom, left, and right margins for a E               sheet. The numbers are interpreted as printer's points.i/               (There are 72 points to an inch.)   @               Always specify the values for sheet margins in theB               following order: top, bottom, left, and right. SheetE               margins are independent of whether the page is portrait G               or landscape orientation. Positive values move toward the D               center of the page; negative values move away from the!               center of the page.   H                             Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-7 y  e            A            When you print using a layup definition file that usesnD            the MARGINS option, the page is scaled to fit on the areaA            of the sheet that is left when margins are subtracted.tE            Therefore, the size of text and graphics may be changed oneD            the printed document to fit the margins you specify. WhenC            pages are scaled, the aspect ratio (relationship of page_C            height to page width) is preserved. Where there is space_E            left, it is equally divided on both sides of the page (seeo            Figure 11-5).  C            If you specify the MARGINS option but do not specify any D            values, layup uses a value of 36 for all four margins. IfC            you specify NOMARGINS, the software uses the value 0 for             all four margins.  B            The default margin setting is a 36-point margin (a half            inch) on all sides.  <            The following example creates a wide left margin:  O                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=("LAYUP_DEFINITION=(MARGINS=10,10,60,10)") -2,                _$ /QUEUE=PS40$A10 MYFILE.TXT  4            This example sets the margins as follows:               Top margin  10 points               Bottom      10 points            margint               Left        60 points            marginO               Right       10 points            margint  5      11.1.7 Specifying the Order of Page Spots to Useo  A            The PAGEORDER option sets the order in which the pagesfA            appear on the sheet, that is, the reading order of thel            pages.   E            You must supply a value to PAGEORDER. Table 11-3 describes D            the eight values that can be used. The default page order            is RightDown.  1      11-8 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documentsp s  e            H               Table_11-3_PAGEORDER_Option_Values________________________  H               Value_____Description_____________________________________  G               RightDown Pages are ordered left to right, top row first, )                         then moving down.   G               LeftDown  Pages are ordered right to left, top row first, )                         then moving down.   C               RightUp   Pages are ordered left to right, bottom row .                         first, then moving up.  C               LeftUp    Pages are ordered right to left, bottom row .                         first, then moving up.  D               DownRight Pages are ordered top to bottom, left column1                         first, then moving right.   E               DownLeft  Pages are ordered top to bottom, right column 0                         first, then moving left.  D               UpRight   Pages are ordered bottom to top, left column1                         first, then moving right.a  E               UpLeft    Pages are ordered bottom to top, right columnoH               __________first,_then_moving_left.________________________                                    H                             Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-9 a  g            <            Figure 11-6 shows how pages are printed with each4            PAGEORDER value in landscape orientation.  <            Figure 11-7 shows how pages are printed with each3            PAGEORDER value in portrait orientation.S                                                                                2      11-10 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents                 F         11.1.8 Specifying the Number of Pages to Print on Each Side of                a Sheet  E               The NUMBER_UP parameter to the PRINT command determinesTG               the maximum number of pages you can print for each sheet.hA               The PAGESPERSHEET option in a layup definition file G               specifies how many pages are actually printed on a sheet.   G               Because NUMBER_UP determines the number of page spots, it H               also determines the layout of the page spots on the sheet.F               PAGESPERSHEET determines only the range of page spots to$               use, not their layout.  E               You must supply a value to PAGESPERSHEET, and the valuetD               must be less than the value supplied to NUMBER_UP. You-               cannot specify NOPAGESPERSHEET.   B               The default is to use all the page spots on a sheet.  B               For example, assume you have a layup definition fileC               called SIXPAGES.LUP that contains the following line:   #                   PagesPerSheet = 6c  B               To print a file called MYFILE.TXT, use the following               command:  X                   $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(LAYUP_DEFINITION=SIXPAGES,NUMBER_UP=8) MYFILE.TXT  D               Even though this command provides eight page spots forC               each sheet, the job prints with six pages on a sheet, 5               leaving the other two page spots blank.a  ,         11.2 Creating Layup Definition Files  F               You can create the layup definition files that you need,E               include options to specify the margins, page placement,iG               and borders, and then ask your system manager to copy theAE               file into a directory defined by the systemwide logicalg               name DCPS$LAYUP.  C               When you create a layup definition file with selected 0               layup options, follow these rules:  C               o  Name the layup definition file using the file typeiB                  .LUP. The file name can contain letters, numbers,A                  underscores (_), and hyphens (-)  as long as the 3                  hyphen is not the first character.l  H                            Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-11                 D            o  Include each option to be specified in the file layup_>               file.LUP. Start each layup option on a new line.  C               Blank lines and white space within lines are ignored.a  =            o  To include comments in the file, begin the lineaB               with an exclamation point (!).  Comments are helpful@               for describing effects of the options in the layup               definition file.  .            o  Do not abbreviate layup options.  E            o  You can use lowercase or uppercase letters for options,i=               since the layup function is not case sensitive.   A            o  For layup options that take values (indicated by an B               equal sign (=)  following the option name), you mustA               include at least one value after the equal sign. TorA               specify multiple values, use commas to separate the                values.   E            o  If you specify a layup option more than once in a layupID               definition file, the last setting in the file is used.  C            o  Ask your system manager to store the layup definitionoB               file in a system area pointed to by the logical name?               DCPS$LAYUP (see the DCPS System Manager's Guide).m  D            Some examples of layup definition files are provided with@            the DECprint Supervisor software and are described in            Section 11.2.1.  )      11.2.1 Sample Layup Definition Filest  E            The first three layup definition files in this section aredC            included with the DECprint Supervisor software. They are_F            located in the directory SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS].  A            o  The following sample layup definition file is for a D               print job that is printed one page to a sheet. It setsC               a wide left margin, so the pages can be hole-punched. A               It does not alternate the margins, and it turns offs               borders.    2      11-12 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents                 V                      ! LPS$SINGLEHOLES.LUP specifies a larger left margin to allow forN                      ! hole punching.  This file is for single sided printing.                        noborders-                      margins = 19, 19, 60, 19m                       noalternate  D               o  The following sample layup definition file is for aF                  print job that is going to be copied double-sided andG                  then hole-punched. It alternates the larger margin. ItaE                  turns off the borders, since it is intended for jobse6                  that are printed one page to a sheet.  V                      ! LPS$DOUBLEHOLES.LUP specifies a larger left margin to allow forM                      ! hole punching. This file is for double sided printing.t                        noborders-                      margins = 19, 19, 60, 19 %                      alternate = left   G               o  The following sample layup definition file is for jobswE                  that are printed with more than one page to a sheet,rG                  for example, a job printed with NUMBER_UP=6. This filenF                  uses borders to differentiate pages. It leaves a wide=                  left margin, but does not alternate margins.i  T                      ! LPS$NUP.LUP specifies a variation for 2 up printing. A largerU                      ! left margin is specified to allow for hole punching. This file 4                      ! is for single sided printing.                        borders-                      margins = 19, 19, 60, 19h  G               o  The following sample layup definition file is for jobs E                  that print one page per sheet. It maintains the fullaE                  size of the page image, but allows a wide margin for D                  hole-punching by using a negative right margin. TheG                  negative right margin moves some of the page image off E                  the physical sheet, so this layup definition file is <                  good only for pages that have page margins.  S                      ! LPS$ShiftForHoles.LUP specifies a wide left margin for hole-eU                      ! punching without scaling down the size of the page image.  TheoW                      ! negative margin means some of the page image is off the physicalCK                      ! sheet.  It is meant for printing one page per sheet.   H                            Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents 11-13 E  P                               noborders_)                   margins = 0, 0, 60, -60h    "      11.3 Layup Error Notification  A            Errors in layup definition files are returned with thefB            identification BADLAYDEF. To display the error messagesC            on your terminal, use the /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINTtA            command line. To print or keep error messages, use the E            MESSAGES parameter to the PRINT /PARAMETERS command. Error -            messages use the following format:s  S                %DCPS-W-BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup definition   A            The condition describes the problem and line-number isE@            the line number in the layup definition file on which?            the error occurred. See Section A.3 for the text and E            explanation of the messages generated by errors in a layup             definition file.                                                   2      11-14 Using Layup to Modify Printed Documents h                     H                                                                       12H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                        Using Forms in Your PRINT Command      G               The system manager can create form definitions, which you H               can include in your PRINT command to modify the appearanceE               of your printed file. When you specify an unknown form, A               DECprint Supervisor informs you immediately. If yousB               specify an unknown setup module to modify your file,D               DECprint Supervisor does not inform you of the problemF               until it starts printing the job and needs to access the               setup module.   E               Example 12-1 shows a PRINT command that includes a form2               called LANDSCAPE.a  >               Example 12-1 Including a Form in a PRINT Command  6                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=LPS20 /FORM=LANDSCAPE  >               The following sections explain how to use forms.  )         12.1 Finding Forms on Your System   A               To find the forms available for your use, issue the                 following command:  $                   $ SHOW QUEUE /FORM  ?               A list of forms and their functions is displayed:                   H                                   Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12-1 o               H                Form name                            Number   DescriptionH                ---------                            ------   -----------S                PITCH12 (stock=DEFAULT)                 122   12 Characters per Inch U                PITCH13 (stock=DEFAULT)                 121   13.2 Characters per Inch_U                PITCH16 (stock=DEFAULT)                 120   16.5 Characters per Inch R                PITCH6 (stock=DEFAULT)                  125   6 Characters per InchT                PITCH660 (stock=DEFAULT)                124   6.6 Characters per InchU                PITCH8 (stock=DEFAULT)                  123   8.25 Characters per InchEP                PORTRAIT (stock=DEFAULT)                 20   80 by 60 (portrait)L                PS (stock=LASER)                       2001   Postscript Form  B            You can display the attributes of a form using the SHOW>            QUEUE /FORM /FULL command. For example this command3            displays the attributes of DCPS$DEFAULT:   4                $ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL DCPS$DEFAULT  H                Form name                            Number   DescriptionH                ---------                            ------   -----------I                DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)           1115   DCPS defaulte@                    /LENGTH=66 /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80  C            This form sets the page length and width, truncates longe1            lines, and uses a default paper stock.t  %      12.2 Using Forms with ANSI Files.  ?            Most of the time, you use form definitions with ANSIeE            files, because many of the qualifiers for form definitionsn@            apply only to ANSI files. The qualifiers allow you toC            specify the page length and margins and allow long lineseB            to either truncate or wrap to the next line. Files withE            data types besides ANSI, such as PostScript, have internalt7            controls that set up your page's attributes.y  @            Table 12-1 shows the qualifiers that affect only ANSI            files.                 +      12-2 Using Forms in Your PRINT Command                  H               Table_12-1_DEFINE_/FORM_Qualifiers_for_ANSI_Files_________  "               This Qualifier . . .H               ____________________Does_the_Following_._._.______________  B               /LENGTH=n           Sets the length of each page, in(                                   lines.  8               /MARGIN=keyword=n   Sets the page margins.  E               /PAGE_SETUP=module  Applies a page setup module to eachn2                                   page in the job.  F               /[NO]TRUNCATE       Truncates long lines that do not fit4                                   in the page width.  G               /WIDTH=n            Sets the width of the page in columns 0                                   or characters.  H               /[NO]WRAP           Wraps lines wider than the page to theH               ____________________next_line.____________________________  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  @                 These form definitions are useful only with ANSIA                 files, because other types of files have internale.                 controls for these attributes.  E                 _____________________________________________________i  0         12.3 Using Forms with All Types of Files  F               There are two qualifiers that the system manager can useG               with all types of files: /SETUP and /STOCK. The followingP8               sections explain what those qualifiers do.  =         12.3.1 Using Forms that Invoke Setup Modules (/SETUP),  E               Your system manager can associate a setup module with anH               form. To see if a setup module has been included in a formF               definition, issue the SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL command andF               look for the /SETUP qualifier in the descriptions of the!               forms. For example:e    H                                   Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12-3 i               '                $ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULLo  H                Form name                            Number   DescriptionH                ---------                            ------   -----------P                CONFIDENTIAL (stock=DEFAULT)           15     Prints CONFIDENTIALP                   /LENGTH=66 /SETUP=(PRIVATE) /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80  >            In this example, the setup module called PRIVATE is+            included in the form definition.p  =      12.3.2 Using Forms that Specify the Paper Stock (/STOCK)s  >            Your system manager can use the /STOCK qualifier to@            specify a type of paper that must be used when a formC            is invoked. When you use that form, you must ensure thatN@            the the specified stock is in the printer. Otherwise,D            the job is held in the queue until you load the specified4            stock or use a different form definition.  =            To see if a form requires special stock, issue theeA            SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL command and look for the /STOCK A            qualifier in the description of the form. For example:   1                $ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL LANDSCAPES  H                Form name                            Number   DescriptionH                ---------                            ------   -----------R                LANDSCAPE (stock=DEFAULT)                10   132 by 66 (landscape)X                    /LENGTH=66 /MARGIN=(TOP=2,BOTTOM=4) /SETUP=(LANDSCAPE) /STOCK=DEFAULT'                    /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=132H  A            If the /STOCK qualifier has the DEFAULT parameter, anyE$            type of paper is allowed.  +      12.4 Using the Default Form Definition   B            If you omit a form definition in your print request butC            supply one of the following qualifiers, the default formYC            definition DCPS$DEFAULT is automatically associated withC            your ANSI file:              o  /HEADERD              o  /SPACE  !            o  /PARAMETERS=[NO]TAB   +      12-4 Using Forms in Your PRINT Command                  D               To find the attributes of the default form definition,*               issue the following command:  7                   $ SHOW QUEUE /FORM /FULL DCPS$DEFAULT   K                   Form name                            Number   Description K                   ---------                            ------   ----------- L                   DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT)           1115   DCPS defaultC                       /LENGTH=66 /STOCK=DEFAULT /TRUNCATE /WIDTH=80                                                                         H                                   Using Forms in Your PRINT Command 12-5 Z  )                  H                                                                       13H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                        Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs        C               This chapter contains general information about using E               setup modules, and information about setup modules thataA               can be used by several printers. See Chapter 18 for09               information about printer-specific modules.   G               You can also use setup modules implicitly through the useM3               of forms, as described in Chapter 12.d  $         13.1 What Is a Setup Module?  C               A setup module is a file containing instructions thatZB               modify the appearance of a print job or redefine the,               instructions in the print job.  F               To include a setup module in a print job, use the /SETUPC               qualifier in the PRINT command. The following exampleTH               uses a setup module that specifies 600 dots-per-inch (DPI)               resolution:B  I                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=LPS32$2SIDES /SETUP=RES_600X600 IMAGE.PSe  #         13.2 Locating Setup Modulesi  F               DCPS ships with various setup modules, which are located6               in the following device control library:  )               SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLBI  C               To list the setup modules, use the following command:u  ?                   $ LIBRARY /LIST /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL_      H                                   Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13-1 s  c            E            A list of setup modules, similar to the following example,             is displayed:                  DCW1000_DISPLAY                DCW1000_ENHANCED_                DCW1000_HIGHRES)                LPS$$APPLE360_INITPSDEVICE )                LPS$$APPLE360_SETINPUTTRAYA                RES_1200X1200                RES_1200X600   C               ________________________Note _________________________  B               Do not modify any of the setup modules or the device               control library.  C               _____________________________________________________u  D            Some setup modules are created only for certain printers.E            Those setup modules have the printer name as part of theirhD            file name. For instance, the setup module DL3500_RET_DARK5            is intended for the DEClaser 3500 printer.t  B            See Section 13.4 and later sections for descriptions of%            some of the setup modules.a  )      13.2.1 Locating Custom Setup Modulesw  <            Custom setup modules go in special device controlB            libraries, which are required to be .TLB (text library)D            files located in SYS$LIBRARY. The following command listsA            all of the text libraries in SYS$LIBRARY. To determineu>            which of these libraries are special device controlC            libraries used with DCPS, check with your system managerA>            or correlate the .TLB file names with the libraries@            and library search lists associated with the /LIBRARY9            qualifier for your system's DCPS print queues.   ,                $ DIRECTORY SYS$LIBRARY:*.TLB            +      13-2 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs     R            8         13.2.2 Displaying the Contents of a Setup Module  C               To see the instructions that a setup module contains,P!               follow these steps:   A               1. Extract the setup module from the device control B                  library. The following example extracts the setupA                  module DI_ON from DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB and renames it 5                  MYSETUP.TXT in the user's directory:p  [                      $ LIBRARY /EXTRACT=DI_ON /OUTPUT=MYSETUP /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL   G               2. Type or edit the setup module to display its contents.o                  For example:y  '                      $ TYPE MYSETUP.TXT   B                  The setup module DI_ON enables the DECimage image@                  enhancement feature, and contains the following                  instructions:                        %! 2                      % ~~~~~~~~~~ DI_on ~~~~~~~~~~;                      statusdict begin false setDECimage end O                      systemdict /languagelevel known {languagelevel} {1} ifelse B                      2 ge {currentpagedevice /Install get exec} if:                      statusdict begin true setDECimage end2                      % ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  >                 Some setup modules contain escape sequences orA                 graphics, which cannot be displayed when you type                  the file.v  E                 _____________________________________________________b  $         13.3 Creating a Setup Module  ;               To create a setup module, follow these steps:   B               1. Create a setup module that includes the necessary:                  escape sequences or PostScript operators.  H               2. Ask your system manager to insert the setup module into*                  a device control library.  H                                   Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13-3                 A            3. Print the file, specifying the setup module and the                 file. For example:  E                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$A14 /SETUP=module-name MYFILE.DATt  :      13.4 Modifying DECimage Parameters with Setup Modules  E            The following setup modules invoke the DECimage feature or_D            modify the DECimage parameters. They are grouped into the             following categories:  -            o  Enabling and Disabling DECimage1  C               Table 13-1 lists setup modules that leave all current1B               parameters intact and turn DECimage on or off. It isA               not necessary to use these modules if you use otherE@               DECimage setup modules. The DECimage setup modulesA               automatically invoke DECimage for the current print                job.  E            Table_13-1_Enabling_and_Disabling_DECimage________________   E            Setup_Module__________Description__________________________  2            DI_ON                 Turns DECimage ON  E            DI_OFF________________Turns_DECimage_OFF___________________  !            o  Combined Parametersg  E               Table 13-2 lists setup modules that adjust two DECimaget(               parameters simultaneously.  E            Table_13-2_DECimage_Setup_Modules-Combined_Parameters_____   E            Setup_Module__________Description__________________________  ;            DI_HICONTRAST         Punch0 = 0.2, Punch1 = 0.8u  ;            DI_LOCONTRAST         Punch0 = -.1, Punch1 = 1.1   ;            DI_BRIGHTER           Punch0 = -.2, Punch1 = 0.8f  ;            DI_DARKER             Punch0 = 0.2, Punch1 = 1.2s  E            DI_NORMAL_____________Punch0_=_0,_Punch1_=_1______________A  #            o  Individual Parameters   +      13-4 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs                  A                  When you specify one of the setup modules listedlB                  in Table 13-3, all other parameters remain at theE                  default value or the value most recently modified by F                  another setup module. The setup modules have no orderH                  dependency, so you may specify them in any order on the$                  PRINT command line.    H               Table_13-3_DECimage_Setup_Modules-Individual_Parameters___  H               Setup_Module__________Description_________________________  .               DI_PUNCH0_0           Punch0 = 0  0               DI_PUNCH0_0P1         Punch0 = 0.1  0               DI_PUNCH0_0P2         Punch0 = 0.2  0               DI_PUNCH0_M0P1        Punch0 = -.1  0               DI_PUNCH0_M0P2        Punch0 = -.2  .               DI_PUNCH1_1           Punch1 = 1  0               DI_PUNCH1_0P8         Punch1 = 0.8  0               DI_PUNCH1_0P9         Punch1 = 0.9  0               DI_PUNCH1_1P1         Punch1 = 1.1  0               DI_PUNCH1_1P2         Punch1 = 1.2  3               DI_SHARP_0P5          Sharpness = 0.5d  3               DI_SHARP_1            Sharpness = 1.0   3               DI_SHARP_1P5          Sharpness = 1.5s  3               DI_SHARP_2            Sharpness = 2.0A  H               DI_SHARP_2P5__________Sharpness_=_2.5_____________________  D               For example, the following command adds sharpening and%               shifts the gray levels:   [                   $ PRINT /NOTIFY /QUEUE=queue-name /SETUP=(DI_SHARP_2,DI_DARKER) file-nameM  %         13.5 Resolution Setup Modules   C               You can use the following resolution setup modules torF               temporarily change the resolution on multiple resolution               printers:S  E               o  RES_300X300 - 300 dpi horizontal by 300 dpi verticali                  resolutiont  H                                   Using Setup Modules in Print Jobs 13-5                 B            o  RES_600X300 - 600 dpi horizontal by 300 dpi vertical               resolution  B            o  RES_600x600 - 600 dpi horizontal by 600 dpi vertical               resolution  D            o  RES_1200x600 - 1200 dpi horizontal by 600 dpi vertical               resolution  =            o  RES_1200x1200 - 1200 dpi horizontal by 1200 dpi !               vertical resolutionl  C               ________________________Note ________________________i  B               Not all of these setup modules are applicable to all               printers.o  C               _____________________________________________________s                                                      +      13-6 Using Setup Modules in Print Jobsn a                     H                                                                       14H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                        Controlling File Separation Pages      G               The printing system can produce both job separation pagessE               (job burst pages, job flag pages and job trailer pages)nF               and file separation pages. The system manager can defineH               the job separation pages and default file separation pagesC               for the queue. Users cannot affect the job separation E               pages, but can control whether to print file separation                pages.  7               Files in a print job can be separated by:   !               o  File burst pages                   o  File flag pages  #               o  File trailer pages   H               You can control the inclusion of file flag pages using the1               following PRINT command qualifiers:   F               o  /BURST for file burst pages at the start of a file in                  the print job.gB                  /NOBURST to prevent printing of file burst pages.  H               o  /FLAG for file flag pages at the start of a file in the                  print job.y@                  /NOFLAG to prevent printing of file flag pages.  H               o  /TRAILER for file trailer pages following a file in the                  print job. F                  /NOTRAILER to prevent printing of file trailer pages.          H                                   Controlling File Separation Pages 14-1    n            9      14.1 Controlling File Separation Pages for All Filest  ?            You can specify the default file separation behavioreB            for all files in a print job by placing the /[NO]BURST,B            /[NO]FLAG and /[NO]TRAILER qualifiers between the PRINT4            command and the first file specification.  E            For example, the following command will print a file bursth!            page before each file:   3                $ PRINT /BURST FIRST.TXT, SECOND.TXTs  @            If you do not specify the behavior for a type of fileC            separation page (for example, the above command does not E            specify flag or trailer pages), the default behavior is aseC            specified by the queue's /DEFAULT qualifier. If /DEFAULTnA            does not specify a particular type of separation page,r"            then none is generated.  @            The negated qualifiers (for example, /NOTRAILER), are@            useful in overriding a queue's default qualifier (for&            example, /DEFAULT=TRAILER).  @      14.2 Controlling File Separation Pages for Individual Files  B            You can alter the default file separation page behaviorA            for individual files within a print job by placing theaB            qualifiers after the corresponding file specifications.  E            For example, you can use the following command to override D            a queue's /DEFAULT=BURST qualifier and instead print file;            flag pages for all but the second file in a job:   F                $ PRINT /NOBURST /FLAG FIRST.TXT, SECOND /NOFLAG, THIRD  =      14.3 Displaying the Default Separation Pages for a Queuea  E            To see the default separation pages for a queue, enter the             following command:e            +      14-2 Controlling File Separation Pagesi    p            -                   $ SHOW QUEUE /FULL PS20$A14l  Q                   Printer queue PS20$A14, on STAR::LPS, mounted form DCPS$DEFAULT !                   (stock=DEFAULT)GX                       /BASE_PRIORITY=4 /DEFAULT=(FLAG,FORM=DCPS$DEFAULT (stock=DEFAULT))W                       /NOENABLE_GENERIC /LIBRARY=DCPS_LIB Lowercase /OWNER=[SYS,SYSTEM] F                       /PROCESSOR=DCPS$SMB /PROTECTION=(S:E,O:RD,G,W:W)(                       /SCHEDULE=(NOSIZE)/                       /SEPARATE=(BURST,TRAILER)c  A               This display shows that the job burst pages and jobYC               trailer pages are printed for print jobs sent to this4D               queue (/SEPARATE=(BURST,TRAILER)). File flag pages areH               printed by default, as indicated by /DEFAULT=FLAG, but can8               be overridden by PRINT command qualifiers.  D         14.4 Job Log and Trailer Pages Sent to Default Tray On Error  E               The job log and job trailer pages, if any, are normally H               directed to the output tray you specified with the OUTPUT_C               TRAY parameter. However, if DCPS reports a NOOUTTRAY, D               OUTTRAYNOTAVL, or OUTTRAYMISMATCH error when initiallyA               attempting to select the specified output tray, thee?               job log and trailer pages are instead directed tofB               the printer's default output tray so that you get an(               indication of the problem.                                      H                                   Controlling File Separation Pages 14-3 r  r                  H                                                                       15H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                              Selecting Finishing Options      E               Some printers have a finisher, often sold as an option,.@               that can punch or staple your output. This chapterG               describes how to select these printer features from DCPS.o           15.1 Punching   B               DCPS can punch your job if the printer has a puncher?               installed. Punching with DCPS is supported on theo!               following printers:   +                  GENICOM Intelliprint mL450                   GENICOM LN45t                  HP 9085 MFP%                  HP LaserJet 9055 MFPg%                  HP LaserJet 9065 MFPr                  Lexmark W820c           15.1.1 PUNCH DCL Syntaxs  C               Punching is specified with the PRINT parameter PUNCH.   3                                         [PUNCH    ]dC               $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(..., [NOPUNCH  ] ,...) file_name63                                         [         ]G  F               There are no values to the PUNCH parameter. The positionC               of the punched holes is determined by the orientationoE               of the paper in the printer, and the number and spacing D               of holes is determined by the printer. When NOPUNCH isH               specified, the job is printed without punching, overriding2               the printer's default punch setting.        H                                         Selecting Finishing Options 15-1    i                  15.2 Stapling  @            DCPS can staple your job if the printer has a stapler<            installed. Stapling with DCPS is supported on the            following printers:  '               Compaq Laser Printer LN32s(               Compaq Laser Printer LNM40(               GENICOM Intelliprint mL450               GENICOM LN45               GENICOM LNM40n$               GENICOM microLaser 320$               GENICOM microLaser 401               HP 9085 MFPl$               HP Color LaserJet 9500(               HP Color LaserJet 9500 MFP               HP LaserJet 4200               HP LaserJet 4250               HP LaserJet 4300"               HP LaserJet 4345 MFP               HP LaserJet 4350               HP LaserJet 8000               HP LaserJet 8100               HP LaserJet 8150               HP LaserJet 9000"               HP LaserJet 9000 MFP               HP LaserJet 9050"               HP LaserJet 9050 MFP"               HP LaserJet 9055 MFP"               HP LaserJet 9065 MFP               Lexmark W820!               Xerox DocuPrint N24 !               Xerox DocuPrint N32 !               Xerox DocuPrint N40                Xerox Phaser 7750i                    %      15-2 Selecting Finishing Optionsa s  s                      15.2.1 STAPLE DCL Syntax  D               Stapling is specified with the PRINT parameter STAPLE.  ?                                                 [LEFT_CENTER  ] ?                                                 [TOP_CENTER   ]sE               $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(..., STAPLE= [TOP_LEFT     ] ,...)y?                                                 [TOP_RIGHT    ] ?                                                 [             ] ?                                                 [NONE         ]            file_namei  B               These values specify the position of the staple withH               respect to the orientation of the image on the paper. WhenE               NONE is specified, the job is printed without stapling,t>               overriding the printer's default staple setting.  !         15.2.2 Stapling Positions   A               Some of the values for the STAPLE parameter are not B               always possible, depending on the direction in whichB               the paper is fed through the printer. See Table 15-1E               for possible stapling positions depending on your job's F               page orientation and the printer's paper feed direction.C               In the table, "Port" and "Land" refer to portrait and F               landscape page orientation, and "LEF" and "SEF" refer toF               long-edge-feed and short-edge-feed direction of paper in               the printer.                                H                                         Selecting Finishing Options 15-3                 E            Table_15-1_Stapling_Positions_and_Paper_Feed_Direction____l  @                            Staple Position and Image OrientationD                                                                LEFT_D                         TOP_LEFT    TOP_CENTER   TOP_RIGHT    CENTERG            Printer____Port__Land___Port__Land___Port__Land___Port__Land   F            Compaq,    LEF,  LEF,   SEF   LEF    SEF   LEF    LEF   SEF            GENICOM,   SEF   SEFn            Lexmark,             Xerox  F            HP Color   LEF,               LEF,         LEF    LEF   SEF,            LaserJet   SEF                SEF            9500t  9            HP         SEF                             SEF             LaserJet             4200,            4250,            4300,            4350e  F            HP         LEF,         SEF   LEF          LEF    LEF   SEF            LaserJet   SEFr            8000,            8100,            8150,            9000,            9050   F            HP 9085    LEF,  SEF    SEF   LEF    LEF,         LEF   SEF3            MFP,       SEF                       SEFI            LaserJet             9055n            MFP,nE            9065_MFP__________________________________________________d  E            If you specify an unsupported staple position, DCPS issuesiD            the error message STPPOSNOSUP and does not print the job.          %      15-4 Selecting Finishing Optionsa w  r                     15.2.3 Output TraysT  F               Stapled output can only be delivered to the output traysF               attached to the finisher. Table 15-2 lists the supported,               output trays for each printer.  H               Table_15-2_Output_Trays_Supported_for_Stapling____________  H               Printer_Brand_________Output_Trays________________________  3               Compaq, GENICOM,      STACKER / BIN_1f               Xeroxt  )                                     BIN_2   )                                     BIN_3   H               HP,_Lexmark___________STACKER_/_BIN_2_____________________  B               If you specify a tray not supported for stapling, orD               do not specify a tray but the printer's default outputG               tray is not supported for stapling, DCPS issues the error <               message STPOUTTRAY and does not print the job.           15.2.4 Paper Sizes  B               Printers do not support stapling on every paper sizeD               and feed direction. In general, envelope sizes are not%               supported for stapling.a  G               If you specify a size that cannot be stapled, DCPS issues C               the error message STPSIZENOSUP and does not print ther               job.           15.2.5 Stapling Details   H               Please note the following details when using stapling with               DCPS:t  3               o  Single sheet jobs are not stapled.   C               o  If no STAPLE parameter is specified, the printer'saC                  default stapling setting is used. If the printer'seF                  default is set to staple all jobs and you do not want<                  your DCPS job stapled, specify STAPLE=NONE.  H                                         Selecting Finishing Options 15-5 g  m            E            o  If the printer has a tray called STAPLER, the printer'spA               default staple position will be used instead of theeE               position specified in the DCPS print command. Job burstsA               and flag pages, if any, will be stapled to the job.h  =            o  If the number of sheets in your job exceeds the ?               printer's stapling capacity (usually around sixtyp;               sheets), your job is printed but not stapled.t  @            o  Job separator pages, if any, are not stapled. FileB               separator pages, if any, are stapled with your file.  B            o  A file that calls for multiple paper sizes cannot be               stapled.  ?            o  PCL files will be stapled if requested. They willt=               be translated to PostScript using the DCPS PCL4o>               translator, rather than being interpreted by the@               printer's native PCL interpreter. If your PCL file@               contains any PCL escape sequences introduced after2               PCL4, the sequences will be ignored.  ;            o  When using the NUMBER_UP parameter, the imagetB               orientation on the page may change. This affects theE               relative position of the staple, as seen in the examplebB               in Figure 15-1. The X indicates the staple positionsD               when specifying STAPLE, NUMBER_UP and PAGE_ORIENTATIONC               parameters. (PAGE_ORIENTATION=PORTRAIT is the default                 if not specified.)  7            Figure 15-1 Effects of NUMBER_UP on StaplingD                            %      15-6 Selecting Finishing Options                        H                                                                       16H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                         Using the Error Handler to Debug      E               The device control library includes an error handler tofF               help debug PostScript programs. The error handler printsH               the last partial page of output, as well as information to&               help identify the error.  7         16.1 Including the Error Handler in a Print Jobi  G               The error handler is not automatically included each timeaG               a job prints (unless your system manager has changed this D               default). Therefore, you must explicitly invoke it, as               follows:  ;                   $ PRINT /SETUP=LPS$ERRORHANDLER file-namen  D               The error handler returns PostScript messages. You canC               send these messages to a file or printer by using the H               /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES qualifier as described in Chapter 17.               For example:  K                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS40$A10 /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP FILE.PSE  D               If you are developing PostScript applications, you canH               make the error handler easier to access by defining a formF               to include the error handling setup module, as described               in Chapter 12.  E         16.2 How the Error Handler Affects the PostScript Environment   H               The error handler references operators from the dictionaryE               systemdict, rather than using definitions that may have 0               been modified by the user program.  F               In some cases, a program can behave differently when theF               error handler is loaded. For example, executing the exitF               operator outside a looping context causes an invalidexitC               error if the error handler is not loaded. However, if   H                                    Using the Error Handler to Debug 16-1 D  U            A            the error handler is loaded, the program exits without             generating an error.r        16.3 Error Handler Examplel  C            The sample log file in Example 16-1 is for the followingL            PostScript program:  N                [/1st-level [/2nd-level [/3rd-level [/4th-level 56 ] ] ] (end)]6                /myproc { [ 8 8 ] 0 0 div setdash } def                100 200 movetou                myproc   ?            The following command includes the error handler and--            causes a log file to be generated:   R                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP /SETUP=LPS$ERRORHANDLER file-name  >            Example 16-1 shows the error handler output that is>            appended to the log file when the program executes.                                                  *      16-2 Using the Error Handler to Debug i               8               Example 16-1 Sample Error Handler Log File  *                   ERROR: undefinedresult 1*                   OFFENDING COMMAND: div 2  #                   OPERAND STACK:  3d                     0                    0c                   [ 8 8 ]eJ                   [/1st-level [/2nd-level [/3rd-level  -array- ] ] (end) ]  %                   EXECUTION STACK:  4                      { setdash }   $                   GRAPHICS STATE:  5I                   Current Matrix: [ 4.16667 0.0 0.0 -4.16667 0.0 3298.0 ]m                   Color: 0.08                   Current position: x = 100.0, y = 200.0!                   Line width: 1.0                    Line cap: 0.                   Line join: 0                   Flatness: 1.0_#                   Miter limit: 10.0 '                   Dash pattern: [ ] 0.0   C               The array defined at the start of the example file isrF               expanded three levels deep. The innermost version of the5               array is represented simply as -array-.   )         16.4 Reading Error Handler Output[  @               When an error occurs, the error handler executes a@               showpage command to print the last partial page ofD               output (see Example 16-1). It also gives the following               information:  &               1  The name of the error  C               2  The PostScript operator that encountered the error_  2               3  The contents of the operand stack  D                  The error handler displays the value of each objectD                  on the stack, with numbers in decimal. All elementsF                  of arrays and procedures are displayed recursively toE                  a maximum depth of three levels. Indicators describe_  H                                    Using the Error Handler to Debug 16-3 l               @               other objects, for example, -savelevel- for a save               object.s  B               The first item displayed is the object on the top of               the stack.  1            4  The contents of the execution stackp  B               The execution stack contains partial procedures that?               are being executed. The top object is a procedureuB               that contains the operators and operands still to beC               executed. The second object is the unexecuted part of $               the calling procedure.  3            5  Information about the graphics state:   .                  Current transformation matrix,                  Color (a currentgray value)!                  Current position                   Line width                   Line capp                  Line join                  Flatness                   Miter limit                  Dash patternF  D            When you find an error in the PostScript code, you shouldC            modify the application that produced the file, or inform 6            the applications programmer of the problem.  '      16.5 PostScript Data Output Format   E            PostScript data is easily identifiable, usually in the way B            the data appears in a PostScript source file. The error9            handler represents PostScript data as follows:   D            o  Arrays are displayed recursively, so that each elementB               in an array is fully expanded, even if it is another?               array. Objects in an array are expanded only to a B               depth of three, to prevent indefinite recursion when7               displaying an array that contains itself.O  A               Arrays are executable and nonexecutable. ExecutableiA               arrays are procedures displayed in braces ({ }) and C               nonexecutable arrays are displayed as several objects D               in brackets ([ ]).  If the array has no read access or  *      16-4 Using the Error Handler to Debug                 G                  if the recursion depth has been exceeded, the array is 5                  represented by one of the following:L  -                     -array- for normal arraysN0                     -proc- for executable arrays3                     -packedarray- for packed arrays =                     -packedproc- for packed executable arrayst  B               o  A Boolean object is represented by TRUE or FALSE,(                  depending on its value.  D               o  A dictionary object is represented by -dictionary-.  >               o  A file object is represented by -filestream-.  :               o  A font object is represented by -fontid-.  ?               o  An integer is represented by a decimal number.   8               o  A mark object is represented by -mark-.  H               o  A name object is represented by the literal name of the?                  object, preceded by a slash for literal names.   F               o  A null object, for example, the initial value of eachE                  element of an uninitialized array, is represented by-                  -null-.  A               o  An operator is represented by the operator name, )                  preceded by two slashes.   B               o  A real object is represented by a decimal number,F                  with a decimal point and at least one digit after the                  decimal point.   =               o  A save object is represented by -savelevel-.   D               o  A string object is represented by the ASCII text ofG                  the string in parentheses, just as the string would bed.                  entered in a PostScript file.  D               The PostScript language may be extended to include newF               data formats that are unknown to the error handler. DataE               in unknown formats is represented as two question marks >               followed by the name of the unknown data format.  H                                    Using the Error Handler to Debug 16-5 b  i            .      16.6 Determining Where the Error Occurred  =            It may be impossible to determine exactly where inZ@            the PostScript stream the error occurred, because theA            execution stack may not uniquely identify the context.oC            In this case, you can add diagnostics information to the C            PostScript file. For example, if the error appears to be C            related to a showpage definition, modify your PostScript             code as follows:                   /myshowpage                   {6;                   (At the top of my showpage\n) print flush (                   % some PostScript code@                   (Just before real showpage call\n) print flush                   showpage                   } def.                                                        *      16-6 Using the Error Handler to Debug R                     H                                                                       17H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                Solving Printing Problems      H               This chapter describes how to interpret messages and solveC               problems with printing on PostScript printers. If the H               problem cannot be solved without privileged authority, see+               your system manager for help._  1         17.1 Displaying and Saving Error Messages   H               To detect, understand, and solve problems with print jobs,H               gather information about the print job as it is processed.B               The following list describes some ways to gather the               information:  F               o  Include the /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command toG                  ensure that all printing system messages are displayedn"                  on your terminal.  H               o  Read the job trailer page, if any. This page is printedG                  to separate print jobs and to record information about G                  the print job. If the print job includes any messages, E                  the last of them are printed on the trailer page. If C                  your print job completed printing but the printing H                  system was not able to follow its instructions exactly,D                  the messages on the trailer page reflect the action                  taken.k  D               o  Produce a job log page using the MESSAGES parameter5                  with the PRINT keyword. For example:   A                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=PRINT MYFILE.PSD  D               o  Store print job messages in a message log file. UseG                  the MESSAGES parameter with the KEEP keyword to create E                  a log file that contains the print job messages. For                   example:h  @                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=MESSAGES=KEEP MYFILE.PS  H                                           Solving Printing Problems 17-1                 C            o  When the print job is completed or terminated, a file C               is created in your login directory (SYS$LOGIN) called ?               DCPS$JOB_nnn.LOG. This file name contains the job=!               number for job nnn.R          17.2 Interpreting MessagesT  @            Interpreting print job messages can help you to solve?            print job problems and to submit more successful and              efficient print jobs.  C            You should try to determine the source of messages. Some E            messages come from the PostScript code in the printer (see             Section 17.2.1).   E            Messages often come from the DECprint Supervisor software.iC            The file you are printing or the OpenVMS system can sendv)            messages (see Section 17.2.2).   A            If you print to a PrintServer printer, you can receive A            messages from the PrintServer Supporting Host software              (see Section 17.2.3).        17.2.1 PostScript Errors_  <            PostScript errors can be identified by the phrase'            "offending command is name".r  C            The PostScript printer contains a PostScript interpreter D            that translates PostScript code into mechanical functions@            that transfer the data onto the physical page through            marking functions.   @            Many applications generate PostScript files, and manyD            types of printers print in PostScript. Files and printers0            are not always completely compatible.  D            You can solve some PostScript printing problems using the/            techniques described in Section 4.7.   B            If your application generates PostScript Level 3 files,B            you need a printer that supports PostScript Level 3. IfC            your application generates PostScript Level 2 files, youEC            need a printer that supports PostScript Level 2 or LeveleB            3. PostScript Level 1 files can generally be printed on<            PostScript Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 printers.  #      17-2 Solving Printing Problemso e               C               If a PostScript error is generated from printing non- H               PostScript files, the application that generated the files!               should be modified.u  #               Virtual Memory Errors   E               Not all PostScript printers are capable of printing allEH               PostScript images and documents. Depending on what type ofH               printer you are using, certain PostScript files may or mayF               not exceed the printer's virtual memory limitations. TheA               success of printing these files depends largely on:   ?               o  How the file was generated by the application._  D               o  How resources (fonts, setup modules, prologues) are)                  retained in the printer.l  C               o  How the print job is handled by the DCPS software.a  C               If your print job fails to print because of a virtualCA               memory limitation, you receive the following error:p  M               %DCPS-W-VMERROR, vmerror: PostScript virtual memory exhausted -P*               offending command is string.  A               You can do one of the following to fix the problem:P  C               o  Recreate the PostScript file using options in your H                  application to make better use of the printer's virtual                  memory.  F               o  Use a printer with more available memory to print the                  file.  +         17.2.2 DECprint Supervisor Messagese  B               Messages from the DECprint Supervisor software startF               with the prefix DCPS. These messages and the actions youG               should take when they indicate problems, are described ind               Appendix A.   C               The OpenVMS system provides the queue manager for the E               OpenVMS batch/print queuing system. When your print jobeC               stops or is terminated by the queue manager, it sends_F               OpenVMS messages to your terminal. When you have enabledE               message notification by including /NOTIFY in your PRINT1G               command, you receive messages from both the OpenVMS queueP;               manager and the DECprint Supervisor software.2  H                                           Solving Printing Problems 17-3                 1      17.2.3 Solving PrintServer Software ProblemsH  >            The PrintServer Software provides the management ofC            PrintServer printers and sends messages to indicate when @            print jobs encounter problems. You can use the RemoteB            Console facility or the Printer Status monitor to check-            the current status of the printer.I  >      17.2.4 Problems with Files Generated on a PC or Macintosh             System  A            Files generated by PC or Macintosh applications may begB            incompatable with your printer or DCPS. See Section 4.3             for more information.        17.3 Getting Help On Line  E            If you receive error messages about your PRINT parameters, B            use the HELP command to ensure that you are using validA            values. You can get help about the PRINT parameters byu5            entering the HELP PRINT_PARAMETER command.3  =            For those parameters that control printer-specific C            features, the HELP file lists the acceptable parameters. D            Enter HELP PRINT_PARAMETER followed by the parameter nameC            (such as INPUT_TRAY). Then enter the name of the printer             model.0  B            For example, to display a list of the input tray valuesA            for PrintServer printers, enter the following command:c  <                $ HELP PRINT_PARAMETER INPUT_TRAY PRINTSERVER              PRINT_Parameter                INPUT_TRAYs  #                PrintServer_Printers_              #      17-4 Solving Printing Problems     o            @                          +-------------------------------------+@                          | Input tray      |    PrintServer    |@                          | Values          | 20 | 32 | 40 | 17 |@                          +-------------------------------------+@                          | MANUAL_FEED     |    |    |    | X* |@                          | NOMANUAL_FEED   |    |    |    | X* |@                          +-------------------------------------+@                          | BOTTOM          |  X |  X |    |  X |@                          +-------------------------------------+@                          | TOP             |  X |  X |  X |  X |@                          +-------------------------------------+@                          | ENVELOPE_FEEDER |    |    |    |  X |@                          +-------------------------------------+@                          | LCIT            |  X |  X |  X |  X |@                          +-------------------------------------+@                          | MIDDLE          |  X |  X |  X |    |@                          +-------------------------------------+  C                             * With PrintServer Supporting Host V5.0g                                                    H                                           Solving Printing Problems 17-5 n                     H                                                                       18H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                             Printer-Specific Information      H               This chapter provides general user information about usingC               DCPS with specific printers. Refer to the DCPS System C               Manager's Guide and DCPS Release Notes for additional +               printer-specific information.i  4         18.1 DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+] Printer  G               The DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+] printer is an upgradeiD               to the DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000. References in theD               DCPS documentation to the DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000@               also apply to the DIGITAL Colorwriter LSR 2000[+].  0         18.1.1 Requests for Unloaded Sheet Sizes  B               If you specify a sheet size that is supported by theB               printer but not currently loaded in any of its input?               trays, the printer will request that you load theiE               specified sheet size. In other printers, the request is .               rejected with a SIZNOTAVL error.  @         18.1.2 INPUT_TRAY and PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZE Parameters  F               DCPS does not allow you to specify both a paper size andG               an input tray when using the Colorwriter LSR 2000, due toeF               a printer restriction. If you attempt to do so, you willG               get a NOSHEETANDTRAY error. You can, however, specify oneT,               as long as you omit the other.  8         18.1.3 ANSI Translator Limits Output to 64 Lines  G               The Colorwriter LSR 2000 printer has a minimum top margin E               of a half-inch, which limits the imageable area to lessrG               than the 66 lines required to display text at the default E               font size on A-size sheets. To prevent the top lines oflH               each page from overlapping the nonimageable area, the ANSI?               translator reduces the normal output to 64 lines.X  H                                        Printer-Specific Information 18-1 o               B            If you wish to use 66 lines you can do so by specifyingB            parameters of (NUMBER_UP=1) or (LAYUP=COLORWRITER-2000-E            FULL-PAGE). These parameters cause DCPS to scale the imageE!            to the imageable area.   -      18.2 DIGITAL DECcolorwriter 1000 Printer   *      18.2.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules  E            You can use the setup modules listed in the table below to$@            change various printer attributes for your print job.  E            __________________________________________________________PE            Setup_Module__________Description_________________________S  E            DCW1000_STANDARD      300 x 300 dpi; fastest printing at 2 $                                  ppm  E            DCW1000_ENHANCED      300 x 300 dpi with dither enhance atn(                                  1.5 ppm  E            DCW1000_HIGHRES       300 x 600 dpi with dither enhance aty&                                  1 ppm  6            DCW1000_VIVDBLUE      More blue than purple  ?            DCW1000_DISPLAY       Picture light; monitor displayT+                                  simulation   :            DCW1000_SIMPRESS      Printing press simulation  E            DCW1000_NOCORECT______No_color_correction;_DEFAULT________p  E            For example, the following command prints at 300 x 600 DPIT+            and specifies vivid blue colors:   L                $ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=(DCW1000_VIVDBLUE,DCW1000_HIGRES) file  '      18.3 DIGITAL DEClaser 1152 Printere  B      18.3.1 Printer Hangs After Deleting Jobs When Using AppleTalk  C            Deleting a job printing on the DEClaser 1152 printer can B            cause the next job to hang when all of these conditions            exist:3  D            o  The AppleTalk (LocalTalk) port of the DEClaser 1152 is               used  @            o  The deleted job leaves many pages in the printer's@               buffer so that the printer continues to print long&               after the job is deleted  &      18-2 Printer-Specific Information l  s            F               o  The next print job starts before all the pages of the'                  previous job complete.r  G               This next job does not print, but remains in the queue ascD               printing, and the queue eventually stalls. The problemB               occurs because the printer has accepted an AppleTalkA               connection before it is ready. The hung job must be E               deleted and submitted again. The job may take some timeH+               (up to 90 seconds) to delete.e  *         18.4 DIGITAL DEClaser 3500 Printer  -         18.4.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules   @               The modules described in this section apply to theC               DEClaser 3500 printer only. They allow you to enhance B               resolution, enable toner saver modes, and download aG               version of the DECimage-Lite image enhancement technologyt               to the printer.n  9         18.4.1.1 Setup Modules for Resolution Enhancemente  H               The resolution enhancement setup modules perform smoothingB               to both text and graphics. The level of smoothing isE               increased in the DARK setup module and decreased in thevC               LIGHT setup module. The dark setting makes thin lines D               a little thicker and may not be desirable. The factory8               default setting for the printer is medium.                  o  DL3500_RET_DARK                 o  DL3500_RET_MEDl  !               o  DL3500_RET_LIGHTn                 o  DL3500_RET_OFF:  3         18.4.1.2 Setup Modules for Toner Saver Mode   D               The toner saver setup module DL3500_TSAVER renders allC               characters as outlines and outlines dark areas of any G               graphics as well. This feature is useful for draft copies D               of documents and provides a medium level of resolution&               enhancement to the page.  H                                        Printer-Specific Information 18-3    0            -      18.4.1.3 Setup Modules for DECimage-Liter  D            The DECimage-Lite modules provide five different contrast            (punch) settings:  9            DL3500_DI_HC          Increase contrast by 20%   9            DL3500_DI_LC          Decrease contrast by 20%s  ;            DL3500_DI_BRIGHTER    Increase brightness by 10%   9            DL3500_DI_DARKER      Increase darkness by 10%   C            DL3500_DI_FLAT        Apply the special halftone without 6                                  gray level adjustment              Notes:   @            o  These modules are mutually exclusive. The last one7               listed will be the one that takes effect.p  >            o  The DECimage-Lite feature conflicts with the RETC               feature of the printer. One or the other may be used, C               but not both. Since the printer's default setting forTD               RET is on, the DECimage-Lite setup modules turn it off"               for the current job.  "      18.4.1.4 Setup Module Example  E            The following example increases darkness for the specified             print job:   :                $  PRINT /SETUP=(DL3500_RET_DARK) file-name         18.4.2 Using the FAX Option  C            You can use four example files in [SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS] ?            to help you send FAX messages with the DEClaser 3500 C            printer, and may freely distribute these files to driver ?            developers and end users. These files may be used onsA            OpenVMS, UNIX[R], or DOS operating systems that do notdC            have an application for using the DEClaser 3500 as a FAXrC            sender. For Microsoft Windows 3.1 and Macintosh systems, E            drivers are available for sending a FAX and should be usedt"            instead of these files.  A            Send these header files ahead of the actual PostScript B            or text file that is to be faxed from the DEClaser 3500D            printer and modify the header files for each application.>            Each of the files is heavily commented and containsC            additional information on how to edit and use the files.   &      18-4 Printer-Specific Information -  t            C               In addition, the file [SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]FAX_3500_l>               PRINTME.PS explains how to use the header files.  F               o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS.PS - Used for sending a PostScriptE                  file as a standard CCITT FAX transmission, which canP.                  received by any FAX receiver.  >               o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS_SENDPS.PS - Used to send a@                  PostScript file as PostScript data suitable forE                  other DEClaser 3500 printers or other PostScript FAXFG                  receiver. If the receiver cannot accept the PostScript B                  data, the call is terminated, and the printer re-G                  computes the data into CCITT data format and re-dials.   G               o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_TEXT.PS - Used for sending a text fileLC                  as a standard CCITT FAX transmission, which can be0.                  received by any FAX receiver.  E               o  DL3500_SEND_FAX_TEXT_SENDPS.PS - Used to send a textLE                  file as PostScript data suitable for a DEClaser 3500 A                  printer or other PostScript FAX receiver. If theFH                  receiver cannot accept the PostScript data, the call isF                  terminated, and the printer re-computes the data into0                  CCITT data format and re-dials.  E               You can also fax ANSI documents using the DEClaser 3500 E               fax option, in addition to PostScript and text files asdD               described above. Documents consisting only of lines ofH               printable ASCII characters can be sent as a text file fol-N               lowing the instructions in SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]FAX_B               3500_PRINTME.PS, or as an ANSI document as describedA               below. Documents containing tabs, form feeds, other G               control characters, or ANSI escape sequences must be sent +               using the instructions below.   E               To fax an ANSI document, a privileged OpenVMS user must H               first create a fax setup module which contains informationH               about the fax recipient. Once the setup module exists, youG               use the PRINT/SETUP command to send ANSI documents to thee               recipient.  F               1. Create a fax settings file that includes fax informa-^                  tion for a particular recipient. Use SYS$COMMON:[SYSHLP.EXAMPLES.DCPS]DL3500_D                  SEND_FAX_PS.PS or DL3500_SEND_FAX_PS_SENDPS.PS as aH                  template, depending on whether you are sending a fax to  H                                        Printer-Specific Information 18-5 .               E               a standard CCITT fax machine or a PostScript fax device (               such as the DEClaser 3500.  A            2. Have your system manager create a custom PostScript B               device control library if your site does not already               have one:l  I                   $ LIBRARY /CREATE /TEXT SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]library_namea  E               where library_name is the name you have chosen for your                library.  =            3. The system manager should ensure that the DCPS_n=               LIB logical name points to both the DCPS devicet;               control library (DCPS$DEVCTL) and your customp?               device control library or libraries. See the DCPSs<               System Manager's Guide and the comments in the@               SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM command procedure for               more information.u  @               If the definition of DCPS_LIB is changed, the DCPS@               queues that will be used for sending faxes must be$               stopped and restarted.  E            4. The system manager then creates the fax settings module,)               from the fax settings file:   K                   $ LIBRARY /INSERT /TEXT SYS$COMMON:[SYSLIB]library_name -t&                   _$ fax_settings_file  C               where fax_settings_file specifies the file containingS"               the fax information.  =            Now, you can fax ANSI documents with the following             command:P  U                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=ANSI /SETUP=fax_settings_module fax_filec  D            where fax_settings_module is the name of the setup moduleD            that your system manager created and fax_file is the ANSI)            document that you want to fax.c  '      18.5 DIGITAL DEClaser 5100 Printert    &      18-6 Printer-Specific Information    n            -         18.5.1 Printer-Specific Setup Modules   D               The following page-protection setup modules adjust the*               bitmap for the printed page.  D               Table 18-1 DEClaser 5100 Printer Page Protection SetupH               ___________Modules________________________________________  H               Setup_Module__________Description_________________________  5               DL5100_PAGEPROT_ON    Full page bitmaps   H               DL5100_PAGEPROT_OFF___Partial-page_bitmaps_and_banding____  @               Using the full-page bitmap is referred to as page-E               protection, and allows complex pages to print. However,nD               the requested resolution may not be possible if memory                resources are low.  D               Page-protection settings take priority over resolutionE               settings. If low memory resources cause a conflict, thenF               requested page-protection mode takes precedence. Add theG               /NOTIFY switch on the print command line when using theseaF               modules so that you can see any messages reported by the               printer.  G               The modules have no order dependency on the print command                line.o  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  >                 If the printer does not have sufficient memory=                 resources to comply with the request, and the @                 parameters change to successfully print the job,B                 you receive a message containing that information.B                 The message also contains the modified parameters.@                 The following is an example of this message; the@                 data varies according to the specific situation.  C                     %%[ ConfigInfo: Insufficient printer resources.nH                     Resolution set to [300 300] - Page-Protection ON ]%%  E                 _____________________________________________________t    H                                        Printer-Specific Information 18-7 s               C            The following example prints at 600 DPI and enables pagel            protection:  K                $ PRINT /NOTIFY /SETUP=(DL5100_PAGEPROT_ON,RES_600X600) filel  6      18.5.2 Errors from PCL Jobs on the LocalTalk Port  D            When you print PCL files using the native PCL interpreter@            through the LocalTalk port, you may see the following'            error when the PCL job ends:u  K                %DCPS-W-UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command *                               is <1B>E<1B>E                %DCPS-E-FLUSHING, Rest of Job (to EOJ) will be ignored[  <            The entire file has been printed, but the printer@            may hang. The front panel displays PS Localtalk as anE            indication of the hang. To restore normal operation, pressg9            the Reset button on the printer's front panel.   %      18.6 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+   ?            The DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+ is an upgrade to the-=            DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15. References in the DCPStE            documentation to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15 also apply .            to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN15+.  /      18.6.1 Extraneous USERDATA Messages Appear   C            USERDATA messages from the job currently printing on the B            LN15 may appear when your DCPS job is waiting to print.@            For example, such messages will appear on your screenA            if you used the /NOTIFY qualifier when printing. TheseeE            messages should be ignored, as they have no affect on yourn            job.          18.6.2 Choosing Input Trays  D            You will get erroneous output or receive an error messageA            when trying to print to the optional lower tray if the E            lower tray contains paper of a different size than the top D            tray. If both input tray and and paper size are specifiedE            using INPUT_TRAY=BOTTOM and either PAGE_SIZE or SHEET_SIZEtA            parameters, you will get a SIZNOTRAY error. Specifying ?            INPUT_TRAY=BOTTOM without specifying paper size willsB            result in improperly positioned or truncated output. To  &      18-8 Printer-Specific Information    r            F               avoid this problem, select the bottom tray by paper size               only.n  0         18.6.3 Jobs with Errors May Not Complete  F               If you specify incorrect job parameters or your job getsC               a PostScript error, your job may never finish because D               the LN15 printer does not always send an error messageF               to DCPS. Use the DELETE /ENTRY command to remove the jobE               from the queue and make the printer available for otherhE               jobs. If the LN15 printer displays "PS Error 19" or the,F               LN15+ displays "WAIT TIMEOUT / Press Continue", you mustE               also press the CONTINUE button on the printer to resumehH               printing. To avoid having to press the printer button, setG               the printer's PostScript timeout setting to a value of 0.   7         18.6.4 Jobs May Not Issue Failure Notifications   G               Jobs that are printed with the /NOTIFY qualifier and fail F               may not issue failure messages. You will, however, get a=               DCPS error page printed when such errors occur.s  6         18.7 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps and LN17+ps  @               The DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps is an upgrade to@               the DIGITAL LN17ps printer. References in the DCPSD               documentation to the DIGITAL LN17ps printer also apply3               to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LN17+ps.s  2         18.7.1 Output May Be Clipped on the LN17ps  D               Printer output on the LN17ps might be clipped when the+               following conditions are met:   >               o  You specified an INPUT_TRAY value of FRONT or                  MULTIPURPOSE   +               o  You specified a sheet size   C               o  The imageable area of the requested sheet size was F                  larger than the console-specified size for the manual                  tray   A               To avoid such clipping, use INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED.   H                                        Printer-Specific Information 18-9                 ;            When you specify an INPUT_TRAY value of FRONT ornD            MULTIPURPOSE for the LN17ps along with a sheet size, DCPSB            requires you to specify the sheet size that matches the)            console-specified manual size.h  $      18.8 DIGITAL Laser Printer LN40  !      18.8.1 Jogging and Collation   B            The following problems can be seen on the DIGITAL Laser@            Printer LN40 printer when the printer console setting!            OFFSET STACKING is ON:l  @            o  If a SHEET_COUNT parameter value greater than 1 isA               specified, job and file separator pages are printed B               offset from the user job. In addition, the copies ofE               each page of your job are offset from the copies of the                previous page.  ?            o  If your document was produced on a PC or contains A               PostScript commands specifying the number of copies C               to print, you may not get the desired jogging or copy E               behavior that you expect. For example, you may only get B               a single copy of your document, you may get collatedB               copies that are offset from each other, or the job'sB               trailer page (if any) may be printed after the first$               copy of your document.  C               To avoid these restrictions, use the /COPIES or /JOB_ B               COUNT qualifiers with your PRINT command rather thanD               the SHEET_COUNT parameter. Also, do not specify a copyC               count other than 1 when producing a document on a PC.b  B            o  If the printer's COLLATION setting is OFF, the firstA               DCPS job printed after the LN40 has been powered onl@               will print with each page offset from the previous<               page. There is no workaround for this problem.  0      18.9 Compaq and DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02  >            The Compaq Laser Printer LNC02 is equivalent to the>            DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02. References in the DCPS@            documentation to the DIGITAL Laser Printer LNC02 also3            apply to the Compaq Laser Printer LNC02.p  '      18-10 Printer-Specific Information  r  n            $         18.9.1 Incorrect Sheet Count  B               The sheet count reported on the job trailer page andB               in the OpenVMS accounting file is incorrect due to aB               limitation with the LNC02 printer. There is no knownG               workaround. The LNC02 has, however, an accounting featurew<               that can be used to track printer utilization.           18.10 HP 9085 MFPo  3         18.10.1 Selecting Paper of Non-Default Sizen  D               This printer does not return all information requestedC               by DCPS during a print job. Specifically, the size of D               paper in the requested tray is not then known to DCPS.C               Therefore, it is not possible to select paper by traybF               name alone if the paper in the tray is not the printer'sD               default size. If INPUT_TRAY is specified and that trayD               contains paper that is not the printer's default size,H               the printer will prompt you to load paper of the requested               size.s  A               To select a tray that contains paper that is not of B               the printer's default size, use a combination of theH               parameters MEDIA_TYPE, PAGE_SIZE and/or SHEET_SIZE instead               of INPUT_TRAY.  "         18.11 HP LaserJet Printers  0         18.11.1 Incomplete Printing of ANSI Text  H               The HP LaserJet IIID, LaserJet IIISi LaserJet 4M, LaserJetC               4ML, LaserJet 4MX, and LaserJet 4SiMX printers have a G               slightly smaller printable area than other printers. As a_E               result, if you print an ANSI text file that utilizes 66tF               lines per page, the bottom three points of the 66th line               will not print.   A               You can work around this restriction by using layup @               options. One solution is to create and use a layup9               definition file with the following options:D                     nobordersa&                   margins = 0, 3, 0, 0  H                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-11 t  e            D            Or, you can provide those options directly on the command            line:  H                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(LAYUP="(NOBORDERS;MARGINS=0,3,0,0)")  C            The LaserJet 5M printer has a similar restriction for 66tC            lines of ANSI text, except that you need to allow for an 3            11-point (versus 3-point) bottom margin.p        18.12 HP LaserJet 4MV  '      18.12.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizeso  B            The 4MV printer supports both the JIS and ISO standards@            for B5 paper sizes. For this printer, the JIS size is>            regarded as paper while the ISO size is regarded as@            an envelope. In DCPS, there is only one B5 option forB            specifying sheet size. DCPS handles the two B5 sizes as            follows:   E            __________________________________________________________aE            Parameter________ConfiguratioResult_______________________R  D            SHEET_SIZE=B5    ISO is      Pages print in tray xxx with6                             loaded in   ISO image area$                             tray xxx  C            SHEET_SIZE=B5    JIS is      DCPS reports "B5 medium note?                             loaded in   loaded in printer_name"s$                             tray xxx  D            INPUT_TRAY=xxx,  ISO or JIS  Pages print in tray xxx withE            SHEET_SIZE=B5    is loaded   ISO image area, regardless of16            (xxx is MANUAL_  in tray     the B5 variant            FEED)            xxx   D            INPUT_TRAY=xxx,  ISO or JIS  Pages print in tray xxx withB            SHEET_SIZE=B5    is loaded   the correct image area for7            (xxx is          in tray     each B5 varianti            anything but     xxxrE            MANUAL_FEED)______________________________________________o        18.13 HP LaserJet 5SiMX    '      18-12 Printer-Specific Information                  *         18.13.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizes  G               The 5SiMX printer supports both the JIS and ISO standards B               for B5 paper sizes. DCPS handles the two B5 sizes as+               described in Section 18.12.1.             18.13.2 Optional Mailbox  D               DCPS numbers the optional mailbox bins on the HP 5SiMXF               printer from one through eight, which is consistent withF               the numbers molded into the plastic beside the bins. TheF               5SiMX console, in contrast, refers to these same bins as'               numbers two through nine.h  <         18.14 HP Color LaserJet 2500, LaserJet 2100 and 2200  )         18.14.1 Media Size Not Selectable   C               The HP Color LaserJet 2500 and LaserJet 2100 and 2200lF               printers cannot detect the size of paper in their trays.D               Therefore, the following restrictions apply when using%               DCPS with this printer:   B               o  It is not possible to select media by paper size.  H               o  If paper of a different size than the default is loadedF                  in a tray, its size will be considered as the defaultE                  size. For example, if the default printer paper sizepF                  is letter, a legal-size document will be truncated to?                  letter size when printing on legal size paper.v  E               To avoid printing on the wrong size paper, set the traylF               with the default paper size "unlocked" and set all other               trays "locked".   7         18.15 HP LaserJet 4200, 4300, 9000 and 9000 MFP            18.15.1 Stapling  @               Output trays STACKER and STAPLER refer to the sameA               physical tray, included with the printer's optionalg               finisher.   D               The preferred way to specify stapling is with the DCPSB               parameter STAPLE, which offers four different stapleD               positions and takes page orientation into account whenE               determining staple position. Therefore, when specifyingaC               stapled output with the STAPLE parameter, use OUTPUT_a               TRAY=STACKER.c  H                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-13 l  a            ?            If you specify OUTPUT_TRAY=STAPLER, the printer willt?            staple output by default and place the staple in thet@            printer's default staple position. Job burst and flag6            pages, if any, will be stapled to your job.  D            Not all staple positions are possible given the printer's?            paper feed direction and page orientation specified. C            Also, the HP LaserJet 9000 offers more possible staplingnD            positions than the LaserJet 4200 and 4300 printers, whichB            can staple only at the top left for portrait output and*            top right for landscape output.  *      18.16 HP LaserJet 8000, 8100 and 8150        18.16.1 Optional Mailbox   D            DCPS numbers the optional mailbox bins on the HP LaserJet>            8000 printer from 1-5, 1-7 or 1-8, depending on the?            particular option installed. This is consistent witheC            the numbers molded into the plastic beside the bins. ThetD            printer's console, in contrast, refers to these same binsE            as numbers two through nine. Refer to the HP LaserJet UseryB            Guide for your printer model for more information aboutD            the numbering and purpose of trays with different options            and configurations.        18.17 Lexmark Optra Rt+  '      18.17.1 Support for B5 Paper Sizese  >            The Optra Rt+ printer supports both the JIS and ISO@            standards for B5 paper sizes. DCPS handles the two B51            sizes as described in Section 18.12.1.h        18.18 Lexmark Optra S  =      18.18.1 Printing Otherenvelope and Universal Paper SizesP  G            Lexmark Optra S printers can print paper sizes OtherenvelopePE            and Universal. Otherenvelopetray (612 x 996) and Universal C            (612 x 1020) have different page sizes than Legal (612 xeE            1008). However, they have the same imageable area as Legal B            (600 x 996), so will be treated as the same size. Users>            wanting these sizes should specify PAGE_SIZE=LEGAL.  '      18-14 Printer-Specific Informationo                 :         18.19 Xerox Phaser 4500, 6250, 7300, 7750 and 8400  #         18.19.1 Protocols Supportedi  2         18.19.2 Media Type Selection Not Supported  A               It is not possible to select paper by media type onIC               these printers. If you specify a value for the MEDIA_ ;               TYPE parameter, your request will be ignored.                                                                         H                                       Printer-Specific Information 18-15 t                     H                                                                        AH         ________________________________________________________________  H                                       System Messages and Error Recovery      C               This appendix describes system messages issued by thetH               DCPS software. These messages are identified by a facilityD               code of DCPS. Refer to the HP OpenVMS System Messages:H               Companion Guide for Help Message Users for descriptions ofF               other messages issued by the OpenVMS operating system orG               use the online help message utility with the command HELP-               /MESSAGE.   <               This appendix includes the following sections:  5               o  System message overview, Section A.1|  2               o  Message descriptions, Section A.2  C               o  Layup definition (BADLAYDEF) messages, Section A.3   #         A.1 System Message OverviewN  E               DECprint Supervisor system messages are classified into-F               two categories based on their destination. Some messagesE               are sent to the system operator, others go to the user.-  F               To receive user messages, use the /NOTIFY qualifier withE               the PRINT command. The messages are sent in response to E               your print request and in response to system conditions -               that affect your print request.-  D               To receive operator messages, you need operator (OPER)C               privileges and must execute the REPLY /ENABLE=PRINTER+H               command. You then receive the operator messages that apply"               to your host system.        H                                   System Messages and Error Recovery A-1 o  V            C               ________________________Note ________________________   ?               To system managers: To receive operator messages, B               ensure that OPCOM is running. Start OPCOM by issuing               the command:  -                   $ @SYS$SYSTEM:STARTUP OPCOM_  D               Start OPCOM before executing the REPLY /ENABLE=PRINTER               command.  C               _____________________________________________________   B            DCPS system messages have one of the following formats:              %fac-s-ident, textC            -fac-s-ident, text   E            __________________________________________________________lE            Code___Meaning____________________________________________S  5            %      The prefix for all primary messagesG  :            -      The prefix for all continuation messages  9            fac    The facility code, which should be DCPS   3            s      The severity level of the message.  5            ident  An abbreviation of the message text   E            text___The_expanded_text_of_the_message___________________   E            The severity levels of DECprint Supervisor system messages "            are defined as follows:  E            __________________________________________________________eE            Code_Meaning______________________________________________   >            S    Success - successful completion of the request  7            I    Informational - may require user actione  @            W    Warning - request may not have completed and may#                 require user actione  ?            E    Error - system encountered an error that may beO                 recoverableh  C            F    Fatal - system encountered a fatal error and cannot E            _____continue_processing_this_request_____________________   +      A-2 System Messages and Error Recoveryt m  i                      A.2 Message Descriptions  B               The following messages are alphabetized by the identC               portion of the messages, ignoring any underscores ("_hB               ") that may be present. The message prefix, facilityA               designation and severity code are not shown. If therF               facility designation is other than DCPS, refer to the HPG               OpenVMS System Messages: Companion Guide for Help Message F               Users for the message description or use the online help=               message utility with the command HELP /MESSAGE.   B          BAD_DATATYPE, Unexpected data type data-type at line n in.             DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file  M             Explanation: A data type given in the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_ E             EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There D             will be no attempt to match the file extension to a data             type._  F             User Action: The system manager should correct the problemB             data type in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOPG             /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to              be read.  G          BAD_DEVCTL, Bad library device control specification - string.   E             Explanation: This message appears when an error occurs in6E             the specification of a component, indicated by string, in /             the logical device control library.   A             User Action: Change the specification and restart thep             queue.  G          BAD_FILETYPE, Unexpected file type file-extension at line n in )             DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPER  R             Explanation: A file extension given in the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_E             EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. There D             will be no attempt to match the file extension to a data             type.   F             User Action: The system manager should correct the problemB             file extension. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUEC             /RESET) and started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to be              read.l  H                                   System Messages and Error Recovery A-3 a               C        BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layup definition   D          Explanation: There is an error in the layup definition file&          included with your print job.  >          User Action: See Section A.3 for a description of theC          text that can be displayed as the condition in a BADLAYDEFbD          layup definition error message. Check the line in the layup@          definition file that is indicated in the error message.  >        BADLIBNAM_IGNOR, Bad library name library-name; ignored  <          Explanation: The print symbiont either did not find@          library-name in your library search list, or the syntax)          for the library was not correct.n  @          User Action: Check the list of device control libraries@          defined in the search list in the printer startup file,@          SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM. Ensure that the libraries4          specified are in the SYS$LIBRARY directory.  <        BAD_LIBRARY_NAME, Bad library name library-name; used(          qualified-library-specification  D          Explanation: The library-name specified contained something.          different from the library file name.  C          User Action: Check the elements of the library search listn?          in the SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure. IncludelC          only library file names, without node names, device names,v2          directory names, or file name extensions.          BADOPC, OPC belt is bad  8          Explanation: The OPC belt requires replacement.  D          User Action: Replace the OPC cartridge, carefully following?          the instructions in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator'sd          Guide.   9        BADOPCTONERUFL, OPC belt is bad and or toner empty   C          Explanation: The toner cartridge is empty, or the OPC belt '          requires replacement, or both.r  >          User Action: Replace both the toner cartridge and the?          OPC cartridge. Follow the directions in the respectiveiA          replacement kits or refer to the procedures described ine2          the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.  +      A-4 System Messages and Error Recovery                  D          BAD_PUNCTUATION_GETTOKEN, Unexpected punctuation for a fileG             type punctuation at line n in DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE              file  F             Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_B             EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not as expected.B             A comma (,)  or colon (;) is expected to follow a fileA             extension. There will be no attempt to match any filet%             extension to a data type.R  F             User Action: The system manager should correct the problemD             punctuation in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOPG             /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START /QUEUE) for a new file tor             be read.  D          BAD_PUNCTUATION_READDEF, Unexpected punctuation following aC             data type punctuation at line n in DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_              DATA_TYPE file  F             Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_B             EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not as expected.E             There will be no attempt to match any file extension to a              data type.  F             User Action: The system manager should correct the problemG             punctuation in the file. A colon (:)  is expected to followLG             a data type. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) A             and started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.   E          BADVMSVER, This product requires VMS version x.x or later tot             installs  G             Explanation: The DCPS software requires that your system befE             running a version of the OpenVMS operating system that ist;             later than the version it is currently running.e  E             User Action: Upgrade your operating system to the correctd             version.  >          CANTCHECKPNT, Checkpointed job job number is requeued  G             Explanation: A print job was stopped and has been requeued.l2             The job will print from the beginning.  ?             User Action: Check the printed output. If it is nott'             complete, resubmit the job.p  H                                   System Messages and Error Recovery A-5                 =        CANTUSETRN, Translator from data-type to PostScript isr          unusabler  A          Explanation: The translator generated a severe error andLA          has been marked unusable. Subsequent jobs with data typeoD          data-type also incur this message and are placed on hold by          the print symbiont.  B          User Action: Restart the print queue. This action loads aA          new copy of the translator. When the queue is restarted,D?          release the jobs that were placed on hold. Report thiss3          problem to the HP Customer Support Center.   C        CFGERROR, configuration error: invalidmediumcode - offending           command is string  B          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command representeda          by string.a  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofo@          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customerd          Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript=          file, either the PostScript file or the program that @          generated the PostScript file is in error. Refer to theB          PostScript Language Reference Manual for help in locating0          the error. Resubmit the corrected file.  0        CMEMERR, Internal controller memory error  ?          Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor has encountered at2          memory failure in the printer controller.  C          User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03Rr(          ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.  B        CONAPPLICATION, Connection request is not to a LAT applica-          tions portA  B          Explanation: You requested a connection to a LAT applica-7          tions port that the system does not recognize.e  C          User Action: Specify the correct applications port name inmD          the SYS$STARTUP:LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM procedure and restart the          queue.N  +      A-6 System Messages and Error Recovery                  8          CONTERMINATED, Connection abnormally terminated  C             Explanation: Your network connection to the printer was @             terminated abnormally. For PrintServer printers, the?             printer was turned off or a cable was disconnected.t  D             User Action: Make sure that the network device has powerE             and that characteristics of the terminal server port that G             serves the printer agree with the characteristics listed in D             the DCPS Software Installation Guide. Restart the queue.  C          CONTIMEOUT, Connection timed out, server not available, or +             incorrect server name specifiedf  A             Explanation: The connection timed out. You selected alF             server that was not available or you provided an incorrect9             server name. The timeout period is 5 seconds.   >             User Action: Specify the correct server name of an0             available server. Restart the queue.  !          DATAOVERUN, Data overruna  F             Explanation: This message indicates a communication error.  ?             User Action: Set a lower baud rate for the printer.   D          DATA_TYPE_MISMATCH, file-tag tagged file being processed as             data-typeL  E             Explanation: The file contained instructions indicating aeE             data type different from the one that you included in thee              DATA_TYPE parameter.  C             User Action: The file is processed using a default data C             type. If it is the correct data type, your print job is A             processed successfully. If your print job is aborted, C             resubmit the files for printing and be sure to indicate A             the appropriate data type in the DATA_TYPE parameter.g  C          DICTFULL, dictfull: No more room in dictionary - offendingB             command is string   C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorfF             while trying to execute the PostScript command represented             by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an errorcC             exists in the translation process. If the translator isu  H                                   System Messages and Error Recovery A-7                 ?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer           Support Center.  =          If the message is displayed during the printing of ai;          PostScript file, either the PostScript file or thet=          application that generated the PostScript file is intA          error. If the application is supplied by HP, contact thet@          HP Customer Support Center and submit a problem report.  4        DICTSTKOV, dictstackoverflow: Too many begins  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed too many+          begins without corresponding ends.   A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of @          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator isC          supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and !          submit a problem report.   @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If thee?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customern4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  3        DICTSTKUF, dictstackunderflow: Too many ends   @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed too many+          ends without corresponding begins.   A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of @          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator isC          supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and !          submit a problem report.t  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If then?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customero4          Support Center and submit a problem report.      +      A-8 System Messages and Error Recovery]                 F          DISABLED, PrintServer is currently disabled and cannot accept             jobs  D             Explanation: You submitted a print job for a PrintServer,             printer that cannot accept jobs.  ?             User Action: Enable job acceptance on that printer./  A          DPLXNOSUP, printer-name does not support duplex printingr  E             Explanation: The printer does not support printing on two              sides of the paper.r  C             User Action: Resubmit your print job without asking for A             duplex printing or send it to a printer that supportsU             duplex printing.  @          DPXFJAM, Please clear paper jam caused by DPX feed path  5             Explanation: The printer has a paper jam.l  E             User Action: After you clear the paper jam, the print jobt             will be continued.  @          DRIVEERR, Print Engine driving unit error - FATAL ERROR  C             Explanation: The ScriptPrinter print driver has a fataln             problem.  @             User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to theD             chapter on service in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator's             Guide.  A          DTSCOPEN, Print Engine developer tray/side cover is open   E             Explanation: The developer tray is open or the side cover              is open.  D             User Action: Close the developer tray or the side cover.  =          EJECTJAM, Print engine paper eject section is jammedr  >             Explanation: This is an LN03 Image printer messageE             indicating that your printer has a paper jam in the paperi             eject section.  G             User Action: Clear the paper jam. Resubmit the current job.   H                                   System Messages and Error Recovery A-9 o  u            7        ENVELDONTDUP, Envelopes cannot be printed duplex   D          Explanation: The print job requested an envelope paper size8          and either duplex or two-sided tumble printing.  ;          User Action: You cannot print on both sides of theg;          envelope. Resubmit the print request, changing the ?          paper size requested (SHEET_SIZE, PAGE_SIZE, or INPUT_ B          TRAY=ENVELOPE_FEEDER), or changing the page layout choice1          (SIDES parameter) to one-sided printing.u  A        EXECSTKOV, Exec nesting is too deep - offending command is           stringv  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command represented           by string.y  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing oft@          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator isC          supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center andr!          submit a problem report.v  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theN?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customero4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  C        EXITSRVR, exitserver has been executed - permanent state may           be changed   A          Explanation: The PostScript operator exitserver has beene?          successfully executed. The permanent PostScript systemu*          parameters may have been altered.  ,          User Action: No action is required.  D        EXTNFILEOPENERR, Cannot open file extension to data_type file2          DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT_DEFAULT  @          Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could notD          find or open the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_C          TYPE.DAT_DEFAULT. There will be no attempt to match a files"          extension to a data type.  >          User Action: The system manager should verify that noD          matching of file extension to data type is desired. If suchB          matching is desired, a DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT_  ,      A-10 System Messages and Error Recovery Y  s            C             DEFAULT should be restored from the installation, and aeC             local site file (.DAT) created, if necessary. The queue C             must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) and started (START .             /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.  C          EXTNFILEREADERR, Error reading file extension to data_type <             file DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT]  ?             Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could C             not read the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_hF             TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT]. There will be no attempt to match file%             extensions to data types..  G             User Action: The system manager should verify the integrityn@             of this file. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUEC             /RESET) and started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to beo             read.p  7          FLUSHING, Rest of job (to EOJ) will be ignoredj  @             Explanation: An error or some other event caused theF             PostScript interpreter to ignore the rest of the job. ThisC             message is preceded by informational messages about the.'             reason the job was aborted.o  ;             User Action: Check the other messages returned.p  /          FONTNOTFOUND, Font font-name not foundi  N             Explanation: The font setup module specified by /PARAMETERS=FONTS_,             USED is not in the font library.  B             User Action: The file is printed without the requested@             font. If you are not satisfied with the output, then?             specify a font that is in the font library, or have B             the system manager install the missing font. (Refer toC             Appendix D for more information about ordering optionalw             font kits.)t  E          FPGGTPPS, First page > pages per sheet. First page set to 1.   C             Explanation: Your print job includes a layup definitionCC             file that uses the FIRSTPAGE and PAGESPERSHEET options.rA             However, the FIRSTPAGE option requests that the firstoD             page be printed in a page spot that is beyond the number4             specified with the PAGESPERSHEET option.  G             User Action: No action is required if you want the pages toeE             be printed at the page spots given with the PAGESPERSHEETs  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-11 A  a            A          layup option. For example, if PAGESPERSHEET=5, the first C          page on the first sheet will print in the fifth page spot. @          If you want a different spot, edit the layup definition*          file and resubmit your print job.  E        FTLDEVCTL, Fatal device control library problem. Config error:i,          configuration error on printer-name  C          Explanation: The device control library has a fatal error.e  A          User Action: Report this problem the HP Customer Support           Center.  1        FUSCOPEN, Print Engine fuser cover is openD  D          Explanation: This message is sent when the paper exit cover          is open.   1          User Action: Close the paper exit cover.   9        FUSINGERR, Print Engine fusing error - FATAL ERRORe  A          Explanation: There is a fatal error in the fusing mecha-c          nism.  @          User Action: Call HP Customer Services. See the printer*          operator's guide for information.          HANGUP, Data set hang-up   A          Explanation: The printer was power-cycled during a print .          job and therefore the job is aborted.  B          User Action: Resubmit the lost print job. Subsequent jobs          will print normally.   D        HPGENERIC, Product name product-name not recognized; assuming          HP Generic   C          Explanation: The printer model mentioned is an HP printer, B          but not one supported by DCPS. A set of commands known toB          work on other HP models will be used. It is possible that1          not all DCPS features will be supported.   A          User Action: None. This message states the mode in which !          the printer will be run.e  ,      A-12 System Messages and Error Recovery u               ?          ILLEGAL_CHAR, Illegal character character at line n ine.             DCPS$FILE_EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file  F             Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_E             EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. ThereeF             will be no attempt to match file extensions to data types.  F             User Action: The system manager should correct the problemG             in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET)1A             and started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.o  ?          INTERNAL_ERROR, Internal error number detected, cannotI             continue  D             Explanation: A fatal internal error identified by number             has occurred.6  G             User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support E             Center. Include the number from the error message in youre             report.2  :          INTERUPT, Interrupt: The job has been interrupted  F             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an externalE             request to interrupt the PostScript program. This messageI6             is displayed as part of the Abort process.  @             User Action: None. This message confirms a requested             action.B  @          INTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-name  B             Explanation: The specified input tray is not currently%             installed on the printer.R  E             User Action: Install the required input tray and resubmit B             the print job, or resubmit the print job specifying an)             input tray that is installed.T  3          INTRAYNOTSUP, No tray-name on printer-name   E             Explanation: The specified input tray is not supported by              the printer.  D             User Action: Resubmit the print job, specifying an inputB             tray that is supported on the printer, or specifying a:             printer that supports the required input tray.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-13 a               D        INVACC, invalidaccess: Attempt to store into read-only object&          - offending command is string  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command represented           by string.5  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of @          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer           Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the ?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customere4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  >        INVDDIFDATA, Invalid DDIF data, flushing to end of file  ?          Explanation: Your file contains unsupported DDIF data.   A          User Action: Make sure that your file contains only DDIFs@          tags from the image data subset. Then resubmit the job.  .        INVDDIFFILE, File is not in DDIF format  @          Explanation: You submitted a file for printing with theC          DATA_TYPE=DDIF parameter but the file did not contain DDIFs          tags.  @          User Action: Resubmit your printing job with the proper          DATA_TYPE parameter.   -        INVEXIT, invalidexit: Exit not in loope  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorD          while trying to execute the PostScript operator exitserver.  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofo@          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer           Support Center.  ,      A-14 System Messages and Error Recovery .  t            C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript ?             file, either the PostScript file or the application B             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.e  ?          INVFILACC, invalidfileaccess: Bad file access string -p'             offending command is string   C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error F             while trying to execute the PostScript command represented             by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an errorhC             exists in the translation process. If the translator isuB             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.   C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScriptt?             file, either the PostScript file or the applicationeB             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.p  F          INVFONT, invalidfont: Bad font name or dictionary - offending             command is stringo  C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorJF             while trying to execute the PostScript command represented             by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an errorcC             exists in the translation process. If the translator is B             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.n  C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScriptt?             file, either the PostScript file or the applicationRB             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.z    H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-15 1  i            D        INVIMGPRM, Invalid DDIF image parameters, image frame ignored  B          Explanation: Your file contains unsupported image parame-          ters.  B          User Action: Correct your file to include supported image)          parameters and resubmit the job.)  D        INVREST, invalidrestore: Improper restore - offending command          is string  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command representedo          by string.   A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of @          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customery          Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If thea?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer 4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  @        IOERROR, System I/O error occurred - offending command is          string   C          Explanation: The ScriptPrinter printer sensed an I/O error .          as a result of a communication fault.  B          User Action: Resubmit the job to be printed. If the errorD          occurs again, examine the communications line for hardware,/          data rate, or parity/framing problems.   6        IPHOSTUNKNOWN, unknown or invalid internet host  D          Explanation: The printer's internet host name is unknown or          invalid.s  ?          User Action: Check that you have specified the correct C          host name. If it is correct, see if the ping internet host A          utility can communicate with the printer. You may have asA          problem with your network or name server. If the problem A          has occurred since your system was rebooted, ensure thateB          the DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure has commands to initializeB          the associated DCPS queue, and that DCPS$STARTUP.COM will*          run whenever your system reboots.  ,      A-16 System Messages and Error Recovery                 <          ITCOPN, Print engine paper input tray cover is open  6             Explanation: The paper input tray is open.  :             User Action: Close the paper input tray cover.  )          JOBABORT, Job job-number abortedp  D             Explanation: The specified job was terminated for one ofG             the following reasons. Take the actions recommended for theL              appropriate problem:  B             o  You deleted an active job on the local print queue.  D             o  PostScript requested that the job be aborted due to aE                printer or internal error. In this case, another error_G                message provides specific information about the requireda                action.  G             o  The print symbiont process stopped. In this case, reportiD                this problem to the HP Customer Support Center with aD                description of your DECprint Supervisor configurationE                and the circumstances under which this error occurred._  @             o  An internal error occurred in the job controller.  )          JOBFINISH, Job job-number finish   C             Explanation: The entire print job has been processed by G             the DECprint Supervisor software. This does not necessarily 5             mean the print job has finished printing._               User Action: None.  F          JOB_ID, for job job-name (queue queue-name, entry job-number)#             on execution-queue-name   @             Explanation: Informational message received when youA             include the /NOTIFY qualifier with the PRINT command. E             This message provides you with more information about thea)             previously displayed message.v               User Action: None.  '          JOBSTART, Job job-number starta  G             Explanation: Connection to the printer has been established_4             and the printer is now printing the job.               User Action: None.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-17 n  m            D        KEYNOTREC, The keyword value in the /PARAMETERS qualifier was          not recognized   B          Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software detected anB          invalid keyword in the /PARAMETERS qualifier of the PRINT          command.   D          User Action: Check the syntax of the parameter you entered.=          Resubmit the print request with the correct keyword.   4        KIT_EXPIRED, This version of DCPS has expired  D          Explanation: The version of DCPS you are running is a field&          test version and has expired.  C          User Action: Upgrade your system to a released version, or)+          later field test version, of DCPS.i  >        LAYUPIGNORED, layup_definition parameter ignored, since"          Number_Up=0 was specified  B          Explanation: You specified NUMBER_UP=0 with layup defini-$          tion, which disables layup.  A          User Action: If you want to use a layup definition file,o@          specify a nonzero value for NUMBER_UP or do not use the9          NUMBER_UP parameter. The default is NUMBER_UP=1.a  ?        LAYUPOPENERR, Can't open layup definition file file-name   D          Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in theA          PRINT command is not in the DCPS$LAYUP directory, or thee+          DCPS$LAYUP logical is not defined.t  @          User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition-          file name and try the command again.e  B        LAYUPREADERR, Read error on layup definition file file-name  D          Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in theA          PRINT command is not in DCPS$LAYUP, or DCPS$LAYUP is notb          defined.   @          User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition-          file name and try the command again.   ,      A-18 System Messages and Error Recovery i               F          LIMCHK, limitcheck: Implementation limit exceeded - offending             command is stringh  C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an erroriF             while trying to execute the PostScript command represented             by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error C             exists in the translation process. If the translator is B             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.   C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScriptS?             file, either the PostScript file or the application B             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.i  1          LOGOPENERR, Can't open log file filename   A             Explanation: This error occurs with the MESSAGES=KEEPtF             parameter, as either a PRINT qualifier or a queue default,,             when you cannot open a log file.  G             User Action: Check the user's record in the system UAF file F             and make sure it contains the correct device and directory             name.b  5          LOGWRITERR, Write error on log file filenameb  A             Explanation: This error occurs with the MESSAGES=KEEPhF             parameter, as either a PRINT qualifier or a queue default,0             when you cannot write to a log file.  G             User Action: Check the user's record in the system UAF file,F             and make sure it contains the correct device and directory             name.i  6          LOSTPATH, The current path may have been lost  F             Explanation: You receive this message when layup interactsF             with a PostScript program that contains the results of theC             charpath operator in the current path during a showpagec             operation.  E             User Action: Correct the PostScript program. Refer to theM1             PostScript Language Reference Manual.m  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-19 e  n            ?        LOXJAM, Please clear paper jam caused by lower transportt          station  B          Explanation: A paper jam occurred in the lower portion of          the printer.s  @          User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job will be!          continued automatically.s  :        LPDTERMINATED, LPD Connection abnormally terminated  @          Explanation: An LPD connection was made, but LPD on the>          printer or remote host has terminated the connection.  >          User Action: For a printer, make sure you specify the@          correct internal queue name, if required, when creating@          the queue. For a remote host, make sure you specify the7          correct queue name for the remote print queue.   ?        LPSPCLERR, Job aborted due to PrintServer protocol error   D          Explanation: The client or the PrintServer printer violated:          the LAPS protocol, causing the job to be aborted.  <          User Action: Try submitting the print job again. If?          necessary, reboot the printer. If the job continues tooD          fail, report this problem to the HP Customer Support CenterA          with a description of your PrintServer configuration ands8          the circumstances under which the error occurs.  %        LRJACCESSDENIED, Access denied   C          Explanation: This LAT message indicates that your group is D          not authorized to access the port connected to the printer.-          Your connection request is rejected.R  A          User Action: Enable the group for the port and start thec          queue again.P  4        LRJACCESSREJECT, Immediate access is rejected  @          Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you cannot+          access LAT services at the moment.a  B          User Action: None. The printing system tries again later.  ,      A-20 System Messages and Error Recovery                 &          LRJCORRUPT, Corrupted request  E             Explanation: This LAT message indicates that your connec- C             tion request for LAT services was corrupt and therefore/             rejected.   1             User Action: Restart the queue later.e  2          LRJDELETED, Queue entry deleted by server  @             Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LATC             device deleted your queue entry and terminated your LATu             connection.e  A             User Action: Restart the queue and send the print job              again.  (          LRJDISABLE, Service is disabled  @             Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT.             service node software is disabled.  E             User Action: Restart the queue after the LAT service nodeu             is enabled.o  /          LRJILLEGAL, Illegal request parametersr  D             Explanation: This LAT message indicates that an internal'             printer error has occurred.   G             User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support              Center.s  )          LRJINUSE, Port of service in use   E             Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the port your             selected is in use.d  >             User Action: None. The printing system retries the             operation later.  -          LRJNAMEUNKNOWN, Port Name is unknown   F             Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you requested*             a port unknown to the service.  O             User Action: Specify the correct port name in the LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM E             procedure and the DCPS$STARTUP.COM procedure. Restart the,             queue.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-21 a  n            $        LRJNOSERVICE, No such service  A          Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the service C          name is invalid or does not match any authorized group forn          the port.  A          User Action: Specify a valid service name or enable your D          group for the port connected to the serial printer. Restart          the queue.r  ,        LRJNOSTART, Session cannot be started  @          Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you cannot@          start another session on that port at the present time.  ;          User Action: None. The printing system retries the           operation later.S  B        LRJNOTOFFERED, Service is not offered on the requested port  >          Explanation: This LAT message indicates that you haveC          requested a service that is not offered on that particulara          port.  ?          User Action: Use SHOW SERVICES and SHOW NODES to checkeA          service names and node names. Specify the name of a portSC          that offers the required service (connection to a printer)e=          in the LAT$SYSTARTUP.COM file and restart the queue.   9        LRJNOTSUPPORT, Requested function is not supported   A          Explanation: This LAT message indicates that an internale$          printer error has occurred.  D          User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support          Center.  4        LRJRESOURCE, Insufficient resources at server  D          Explanation: This LAT message indicates that the LAT device%          cannot service your request.o  >          User Action: None. The printing system retries later.  /        LRJSHUTDOWN, System shutdown in progress   2          Explanation: The system is shutting down.  B          User Action: Resubmit your connection request when system!          resources have returned.a  ,      A-22 System Messages and Error Recovery                           LRJUNKNOWN, Unknown  F             Explanation: Your request for a LAT connection is rejected2             for reasons that cannot be determined.  B             User Action: Refer to the HP OpenVMS System ManagementF             Utilities Reference Manual for help to correct the problem"             and restart the queue.  ,          MANFEEDTIMEOUT, Manual feed timeout  D             Explanation: You requested the manual feed input tray inE             the print job. However, the printer did not get the papera4             in the slot before the timeout occurred.  D             User Action: When you use the manual feed slot, you mustC             load the paper into the slot when your print job startsr             printing.   ?          MEDIATYPENOSUP, Media type selection not supported for '             PostScript Level 1 printerst  G             Explanation: You requested that your job select paper basediE             on media type selection. This feature is not supported ona(             PostScript Level 1 printers.  H             User Action: Send your job to a printer that runs PostScript             Level 2 or above.   G          MEDIATYPENOTAVL, No mediatype type medium is loaded in printer              name  E             Explanation: The printer does not have the media type you )             requested loaded in any tray.   D             User Action: Choose another printer or a different media             type.s  G          MEDIATYPENOTRAY, mediatype type medium is not in the tray trayo             in printer namet  E             Explanation: You requested both a specific tray and media G             type for your job. The printer does not have the media type -             loaded in the tray you requested.r  E             User Action: Select another combination of tray and medianF             type, or choose by another combination of paper size, tray             and/or media type.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-23 S  o            <        NEGAREA, Layup definition margins overlap one another  B          Explanation: You included a layup definition file in your>          print job that sets the margins so that they overlap.  B          User Action: Edit the layup definition file to change theC          margins and resubmit your job. Refer to the MARGINS optionD.          in DCPS User's Guide for information.  7        NEWSETUPFILE, creating new version of setup file   B          Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure is creating a newD          version of the setup file, used when the procedure is later          run in setup mode.t  :          User Action: None. This message is informational.  :        NEWSTARTUP, newer version of DCPS$STARTUP available  A          Explanation: A new version of DCPS$STARTUP is available.   /          User Action: Copy the new version from ?          SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.TEMPLATE and incorporate youri@          site-specific changes. This is not required, but recom-B          mended to keep up with new features incorporated into the           DCPS startup procedure.  ?        NOCOPYPG, "copypage" is not supported by multipage layupo  C          Explanation: The copypage operator is ignored when you use 6          layup to print more than one page to a sheet.            User Action: None.   D        NOCURPT, nocurrentpoint: Path is empty - offending command is          stringi  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command representedC          by string.s  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofr@          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customerc          Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the   ,      A-24 System Messages and Error Recovery t  a            B             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.t  G          NODEVCTLLIB, No device control library specified for the queue   A             Explanation: The printer queue does not have a devicew             control library.  F             User Action: Associate the standard device control library5             with the queue and resubmit your request.e  2          NOFONTLIBR, Font library string not found  @             Explanation: The required soft font kit has not beenB             installed on the system, or there is a system problem.  G             User Action: Your print job completes without the requestedbF             fonts. If the output is not acceptable, resubmit the printD             job after the required soft font kit has been installed.  G          NOINPTRAY, INPUT_TRAY selection not supported for printer-namee  G             Explanation: The printer associated with the queued requesttB             does not support the INPUT_TRAY parameter to the PRINT             command.  F             User Action: Resubmit your print job without requesting an             input tray.   ?          NOLAYUPFIL, Layup definition module module-name is not              accessible  C             Explanation: The layup definition file you specified in B             the PRINT command is not in the area pointed to by theG             DCPS$LAYUP directory, or the DCPS$LAYUP logical name is notj             defined.  C             User Action: Check the spelling of the layup definition C             file name and try the command again. Do not include the9D             directory name or file extension of the layup definition&             file in the PRINT command.  D          NOOUTTRAY, OUTPUT_TRAY, tray-name, not supported on printer             name  C             Explanation: The printer does not support the specifiedg0             option of the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.  G             User Action: Resubmit your job without requesting an outputTF             tray or use one of the acceptable options for the printer.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-25 s  g            1        NORMALMODE, startup running in normal mode   D          Explanation: The DCPS procedure is not being run in normal,!          rather than setup, mode.   :          User Action: None. This message is informational.  (        NOSETUPFILE, setup file not found  D          Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure was requested to beD          run in setup mode, but no previously-created setup file wasA          found. Therefore, the procedure will run in normal mode.   D          User Action: If the startup procedure had never been run inB          normal mode, no setup file would have been created. If itD          had, the setup file has been deleted or moved. No action isC          necessary as the startup procedure will create a new setup "          file if one is not found.  D        NOSETTRAY, Tray selection is not supported by multipage layup  A          Explanation: Output tray selection operators are ignoredEC          when you use layup to print more than one page to a sheet.c            User Action: None.n  D        NOSHEETANDTRAY, Cannot specify both Sheet_size and Input_tray          on this printer  @          Explanation: Both a SHEET_SIZE and INPUT_TRAY parameter;          were specified for your print job, but the two areT0          incompatible for the specified printer.  @          User Action: Select the desired paper using only one of          these parameters.  A        NO_SHEET_SIZE, Sheet size must be specified for input-trays  @          Explanation: You included the INPUT_TRAY parameter withA          either the MANUAL_FEED or ENVELOPE_FEEDER value, but yousC          did not also specify the sheet size with the SHEET_SIZE or           PAGE_SIZE parameter.A  ?          User Action: When you specify MANUAL_FEED or ENVELOPE_ @          FEEDER, you must specify the paper size with either the+          SHEET_SIZE or PAGE_SIZE parameter.e  ,      A-26 System Messages and Error Recovery    p            .          NOSUCHDEV, No such device device name  ?             Explanation: The device name in the execution queue C             definition in SYS$STARTUP:DCPS$STARTUP.COM, the printerN/             startup command file, is incorrect.n  ?             User Action: Include the correct device name in pa-d?             rameter p2 of the execution queue definition in theE"             DCPS$STARTUP.COM file.  0          NOTONERCART, Toner cartridge is missing  B             Explanation: The printer has no toner cartridge or the<             toner cartridge has not been installed properly.  B             User Action: Install the toner cartridge properly. TheE             print job is completed automatically when this problem is(             corrected.  &          NOT_READY, Printer not ready.  A             Explanation: You tried to start a print queue and theo3             printer is not connected or powered on.p  C             User Action: Refer to the troubleshooting procedures inb8             Chapter 17 for ways to diagnose the problem.  0          OFFLINE, Print engine has gone off line  1             Explanation: The printer is off line.f  6             User Action: Put the printer back on line.  5          OLDSETUP, setup file older than startup fileA  >             Explanation: The creation date of the DCPS startup?             procedure is newer than its setup file. The startupc4             procedure will use the older setup file.  @             User Action: Check to see if the changes made to theD             startup procedure would affect the definition of logicalE             names as defined in the older setup file. If so, create a.G             new setup file by running the startup procedure without thes;             SETUP parameter. If not, no action is required.E  /          OPCMARKERR, OPC synchronous mark errort  ?             Explanation: The printer has a problem with its OPCr             mechanism.  F             User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03R+             ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.e  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-27 n  t            >        OPTICERR, Print Engine optical unit error - FATAL ERROR  C          Explanation: The optical unit of the printer encountered aa          fatal problem.   C          User Action: Call HP Customer Services. Refer to the LN03Rg(          ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.  >        OUTSIZNOTSUP, size-name size medium is not supported on#          printer-name output device   B          Explanation: The specified sheet size is not supported by          the printer.   D          User Action: Use a supported sheet size, or use a different2          printer that supports the specified size.  E        OUTTRAYMISMATCH, Printer printer-name output tray setting does 8          not match requested output-tray on printer-name  B          Explanation: The output tray must be manually selected onB          the printer. The print job requested an output tray other1          than the currently selected output tray.   A          User Action: Either manually select the requested output C          tray and resubmit the print job, or resubmit the print joboA          requesting the output tray that is currently selected on           the printer.n  ?        OUTTRAYNOTAVL, No tray-name is installed on printer-namee  @          Explanation: The specified output tray is not currently"          installed on the printer.  C          User Action: Install the required output tray and resubmit ?          the print job, or resubmit the print job specifying ana'          output tray that is installed.P  )        PAPERENTRYMIS, Paper entry misfeed   C          Explanation: A paper jam has occurred in the printer input           tray mechanism.  ;          User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job is @          completed automatically when this problem is corrected.  ,      A-28 System Messages and Error Recovery M  a            )          PAPEREXITMIS, Paper exit misfeedL  G             Explanation: A paper jam has occurred in the printer output_             tray mechanism.   >             User Action: Clear the paper jam. The print job isC             completed automatically when this problem is corrected.h  -          PAPERJAM, Paper jam, job put on holde  G             Explanation: A paper jam occurred at the printer. The printh%             job has been put on hold.n  B             User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next,F             issue the following DCL command to release and restart the             print job:  A                 $ SET ENTRY nnn /RELEASE /NOCHECKPOINT queue-namel  B             In the command line, supply the following information:  A             nnn           The print job entry number in the queueC  5             queue-name    The name of the print queuef  G             The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use theID             PAGE_LIMIT parameter if you want to print only the pages@             that were not printed before the paper jam occurred.  G          PARSYNERR, Syntax error in the PARAMETERS qualifier at or neara             string  C             Explanation: There is a syntax error in the /PARAMETERSeG             qualifier of the PRINT command. The error was located at ora&             near the string parameter.  ?             User Action: Check the syntax of the parameters yout@             entered. Resubmit the print request with the correct             syntax.r  F          PPSGTNUP, Pages per sheet > Number_Up. Pages per sheet set to             Number_Upr  F             Explanation: You included both a layup definition file andC             the NUMBER_UP parameter in your print job. However, theoC             layup definition file requests that the number of pagesiG             printed per sheet be greater than the number specified witho$             the NUMBER_UP parameter.  E             User Action: No action is required if you want the number E             of pages per sheet to equal the number you specified with D             the NUMBER_UP parameter. If you want the number of pages  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-29 i  i            D          per sheet to equal the number given in the layup definitionC          file, reissue the PRINT command specifying a larger number &          with the NUMBER_UP parameter.           PRESET, resetting printer  A          Explanation: The printer controller detected an internalsD          error. It executes the power-up sequence, which effectively;          resets the printer and the PostScript interpreter.h  1          User Action: No user action is required.   ,        PRHDWERR, Print Engine hardware error  ?          Explanation: There is a hardware error in the printer..  0          User Action: Call HP Customer Services.  6        PRINTERSTALLED, Printer printer-name is stalled  C          Explanation: You usually see this message when the printeroC          is out of paper. Sometimes PostScript commands that take aD1          long time to execute cause this message.y  B          User Action: Check for previous printer messages that may@          indicate the reason for the stalled condition. Refer toC          the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more information abouti          stalled queues.  2        PRUNKERR, Print Engine unknown error status  ?          Explanation: There is a hardware error in the printer.t  C          User Action: Refer to the printer operator's guide or calle          HP Customer Services.  #        PRWRDWERR, printer timed outt  B          Explanation: The print engine reports no error condition,B          but it is not yet ready to print after correcting a print/          engine error. This state is temporary.   1          User Action: No user action is required.   ?        PSTERM, Unexpected termination of PostScript interpreter   C          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter has a fatal error..  D          User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support          Center.  ,      A-30 System Messages and Error Recovery                 D          PUNCHNOSUP, Punching feature not supported for printer-name             printeri  G             Explanation: The printer to which you are printing does nott9             have a DCPS-supported punch option installed.b  G             User Action: Print to a printer with a DCPS-supported punchnG             option or do not specify the PUNCH parameter on the command:             line.e  .          PWRCYCL, The printer power was cycled  G             Explanation: This is an informational message. Power to the /             printer was turned off and then on.g               User Action: None.  E          PWRFAIL, The printer power was cycled while a job was activei  E             Explanation: Power to the printer was turned off and then (             on while a job was printing.  C             User Action: Check your print job to see if you need tog%             resubmit it for printing.   A          RANGECHK, rangecheck: Argument out of bounds - offending              command is stringi  C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a range-aF             check error while trying to execute the PostScript command"             represented by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an errorrC             exists in the translation process. If the translator iseB             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.n  C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScripto?             file, either the PostScript file or the applicationtB             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.e    H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-31 P  S            4        REQMANFEED, Request manual feed of media-size  C          Explanation: The printer changed input trays. This message @          is displayed when you specify INPUT_TRAY=MANUAL_FEED orB          INPUT_TRAY=ENVELOPE_FEEDER. The job separation pages haveC          been printed from the printer's default input tray and theaD          file data is to be printed on paper from the manual feed or          envelope feed tray.  B          User Action: This message is informational, prompting youB          to begin feeding the media into the requested input tray.  E        REQMODNOTFOUND, Required device control module module-name noti          found  D          Explanation: A required device control module, LPS$$module->          name, located in the standard device control library,(          DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB, was not found.  C          User Action: Check to see that the standard device control C          library, DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB, is listed in your library searchs@          list in the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file. Check the following:  <          o  Make sure the SYS$LIBRARY directory contains the!             DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB file.e  A          o  Make sure no previous versions of the DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB ?             file are stored in the SYS$SPECIFIC directory tree.   =          o  Use the LIBRARY /LIST SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB ?             command to ensure that the indicated module-name iso             among those listed.   D          If the above conditions are not met, reinstall the DECprint?          Supervisor software. If this problem persists, call HP           Customer Services.t  1        SETUPFILE, running setup file created date   D          Explanation: The creation date of the setup file being used4          by the DCPS startup procedure is displayed.  :          User Action: None. This message is informational.  /        SETUPMODE, startup running in setup mode   D          Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure is running in setup          mode.  :          User Action: None. This message is informational.  ,      A-32 System Messages and Error Recovery .  u            :          SETUPNOTFOUND, Setup module module-name not found  G             Explanation: The setup module you requested cannot be founde*             in the device control library.  D             User Action: Make sure the setup module is stored in theE             device control library search list. Check the spelling of ;             the module name and resubmit the print request.   :          SETUPREADERR, Setup module module-name read error  G             Explanation: The setup module you requested cannot be read.r  ?             User Action: Check to make sure the setup module isbC             properly stored in the device control library, and thats6             the library is defined in the search list.  G          SIZNOTAVL, No paper-size size medium is loaded in printer-name   F             Explanation: The paper size you requested is not loaded in:             the printer associated with the print request.  =             User Action: Choose one of the following actions:n  B             o  Load the desired paper in the specified input tray.  C             o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the paper sizemB                that is already loaded in the requested input tray.  C             o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the input trayi8                that contains the paper size you require.  E             o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying either the input 4                tray or the paper size, but not both.  G          SIZNOTRAY, paper-size size medium is not in the tray-name traye             in printer-nameo  F             Explanation: The paper size you requested is not loaded in-             the input tray that you requestedf  1             User Action: Do one of the following:   B             o  Load the desired paper in the specified input tray.  C             o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the paper sizefB                that is already loaded in the requested input tray.  C             o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying the input tray 8                that contains the paper size you require.  E             o  Reenter the PRINT command, specifying either the inputT4                tray or the paper size, but not both.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-33 s  w            E        SIZNOTSUP, paper-size size medium is not supported by printer- 
          names  A          Explanation: You requested a paper size that the printerh          does not support.  ?          User Action: Resubmit your job and request a supportedi          paper size.  @        SPOOLBADDEVICE, error in DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY device name  B          Explanation: The logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY points4          to a directory on a device that is invalid.  ?          User Action: Correct the definition of the DCPS$SPOOL_            DIRECTORY logical name.  <        SPOOLBADDIR, DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY directory not found  B          Explanation: The logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY points%          to a non-existant directory.a  D          User Action: Redefine the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY logical name6          so that it refers to a directory that exists.  D        SPOOLERROR, error creating spool file in DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY  A          Explanation: A temporary spool file could not be createdeA          in the directory referred to by the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORYt          logical name.  A          User Action: Determine the cause of the problem with the_          directory.a  0        SPOOLFILENOOPEN, error opening spool file  A          Explanation: The temporary spool file created earlier inuB          the DCPS print job could not be opened for sending to the          printer.   A          User Action: Determine why the file is not accessible or @          has been deleted after it was created but before it was          sent to the printer.m    ,      A-34 System Messages and Error Recovery y  d            G          SPOOLNOLOGICAL, logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY is undefinedf  E             Explanation: The logical name that specifies the location @             of the spool directory, DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY, is not             defined.  E             User Action: Define the logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORYME             to point to a directory that can be used by DCPS to storeh"             temporary spool files.  C          SPOOLNOPRIV, no privilege to write to DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORYT  @             Explanation: DCPS could not create a temporary spoolC             file in the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY directory because of a.              privilege violation.  C             User Action: Make sure the directory referred to by thetF             logical name DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY is protected so that theB             DCPS print symbiont can create files in the directory.  B          SPOOLNOWRITE, DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY device is write-locked  E             Explanation: The device on which the DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY 1             directory is located is write-locked.c  F             User Action: Enable the device for writing or redefine the.             DCPS$SPOOL_DIRECTORY logical name.  :          STARTING, DECprint Supervisor version starting...  @             Explanation: The DCPS startup procedure displays theG             current version and the fact that it is starting execution.   =             User Action: None. This message is informational.a  C          STKOFLO, stackoverflow: Operand stack overflow - offendingA             command is stringi  B             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a stackE             overflow condition while trying to execute the PostScripti*             command represented by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error C             exists in the translation process. If the translator iskB             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.i  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-35    e            @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If thet?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP CustomerA4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  C        STKUFLO, stackunderflow: Operand stack underflow - offending           command is string  B          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter detected an error          in the file.b  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of @          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customern          Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If they?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customera4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  @        STPNOSUP, Stapling feature not supported for product_name          printer.S  <          Explanation: The printer does not support stapling.  ;          User Action: Print to a printer that has a stapler           installed.t  B        STPOUTTRAY, Selected output tray does not support stapling.  B          Explanation: The output tray you specified cannot be used          for stapling.  C          User Action: Specify an output tray that supports staplingr(          with the OUTPUT_TRAY parameter.  C        STPPOSNOSUP, Stapling position not supported for orientatione          and feed direction.  D          Explanation: The printer cannot put a staple where you have          requested.i  C          User Action: Load the paper in a different feed direction,.@          if supported for that paper size, or choose a different          page orientation.  ,      A-36 System Messages and Error Recovery                 G          STPSIZENOSUP, Stapling not supported for sheet_size size papers             and feed direction.   G             Explanation: The printer cannot staple your job because thehG             paper size and/or paper feed direction is not supported foro             stapling.   F             User Action: Load the paper in a different feed direction,-             if supported for that paper size.   G          SYNERR, syntaxerror: Input ended in string or procedure body - '             offending command is stringo  C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed a syntaxd@             error while trying to execute the PostScript command"             represented by string.  F             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of aE             file with a data type other than PostScript, it indicates B             an error in the translation process. If the translatorE             is supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer              Support Center.s  C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScripti?             file, either the PostScript file or the applicationlB             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.C  E          SYNTAX_INCOMPLETE, Syntax incomplete at line n in DCPS$FILE_i$             EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE file  F             Explanation: The syntax of the file SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$FILE_E             EXTENSION_DATA_TYPE.DAT[_DEFAULT] was not expected. ThereeF             will be no attempt to match file extensions to data types.  F             User Action: The system manager should correct the problemG             in the file. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET)AA             and started (START /QUEUE) for a new file to be read.   0          TCPPORTINVALID, invalid TCP port number  B             Explanation: The port number you specified is invalid.F             Some types of network connections (for example, IP_RawTCP)D             require that you specify the number of a TCP port on the:             printer that supports the associated protocol.  G             User Action: Verify that you specified a valid port number.cD             If no port number is specified, a value of 9100 is used.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-37    L            1        TCPPORTPRESENT, no TCP port number allowedh  >          Explanation: You specified a TCP port number for your<          printer, but none is allowed. Some types of networkC          connections (for example, IP_CPAP) do not require or allowS@          you to specify the number of a TCP port on the printer.  @          User Action: Verify that you have specified the desiredB          type of network connection. If so, remove the port number/          from the queue's device specification.   +        TIMOUT, timeout: Time limit exceeded   C          Explanation: A PostScript program executed beyond the timeaB          limit set by the system manager. This can be caused by an@          unusually complex page definition or by an error in theC          PostScript application program that results in an infinitei          loop.  @          User Action: If the error is a result of a complex pageB          definition, ask the system manager to change the value of#          the printer timeout limit.J  D          If this error is the result of an infinite loop that occursB          during the printing of a file with a data type other thanC          PostScript, an error exists in the translation process. IfrA          the translator is supplied by HP, report this problem to (          the HP Customer Support Center.  C          If the error is the result of an infinite loop that occursy=          during the printing of a PostScript file, either thes>          PostScript file or the application that generated theD          PostScript file is in error. If the application is suppliedC          by HP, contact the HP Customer Support Center and submit a           problem report.  5        TNREND, Print Engine toner supply is exhaustedl  2          Explanation: The printer is out of toner.  C          User Action: Replace the toner cartridge and cleaning pad. B          Refer to the instructions in the toner replacement kit or5          in the LN03R ScriptPrinter Operator's Guide.h    ,      A-38 System Messages and Error Recovery s               2          TONEROFL, Toner collection container full  @             Explanation: The toner collection container is full.  C             User Action: Following the directions in the toner kit, F             remove the full toner container bottle and replace it with             a new bottle.t  ;          TRANSJAM, Print engine transport section is jammed   F             Explanation: Your printer has a paper jam in the transport             section.  B             User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next,F             issue the following DCL command to release and restart the             print job:  A                 $ SET ENTRY nnn /RELEASE /NOCHECKPOINT queue-name   B             In the command line, supply the following information:  A             nnn           The print job entry number in the queueo  5             queue-name    The name of the print queue   G             The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use therD             PAGE_LIMIT parameter if you want to print only the pages@             that were not printed before the paper jam occurred.  4          TRANSPORTBAD, invalid transport - transport  E             Explanation: You have specified an invalid transport whenl"             starting a DCPS queue.  E             User Action: Review the possible network transports in HP D             OpenVMS System Management Utilities Reference Manual and              specify a valid one.  =          TRANSPORTNOTSUP, transport not supported - transportr  C             Explanation: You have specified a transport that is notdF             supported on your system architecture when starting a DCPS             queue.  F             User Action: Review the possible network transports in theG             HP OpenVMS System Management Utilities Reference Manual and G             specify a valid one for your system. For example, AppleTalke6             queues cannot be started on an I64 system.  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-39 e  h            '        TRANSPORTREQ, transport required   =          Explanation: You have not specified a transport when           starting a DCPS queue.C  C          User Action: Review the possible network transports in theRD          HP OpenVMS System Management Utilities Reference Manual and          specify a valid one.R  6        TRAYEMP, Print Engine paper input tray is empty  4          Explanation: The paper input tray is empty.  8          User Action: Add paper to the input paper tray.  *        TRAYJAM, Input paper tray is jammed  @          Explanation: Your printer's input paper tray is jammed.  ?          User Action: Clear the paper jam at the printer. Next,yC          issue the following DCL command to release and restart theo          print job:T  >              $ SET ENTRY nnn /RELEASE /NOCHECKPOINT queue-name  ?          In the command line, supply the following information:n  >          nnn           The print job entry number in the queue  2          queue-name    The name of the print queue  D          The print job will be reprinted from the beginning. Use theC          PAGE_LIMIT parameter to print only the pages that were nota/          printed before the paper jam occurred.s  E        TRAYSUBST, Output will be delivered to the output-tray tray onC          printer-nameh  ,          Explanation: Informational message.            User Action: None.o  @        TRNFAIL, Translation from data-type to PostScript failed.  A          Explanation: The translator from data-type to PostScript B          has generated an error. The translator software cannot be          used.  D          User Action: Report this problem to the HP Customer Support          Center.  ,      A-40 System Messages and Error Recovery u               E          TRNNOTFND, Translator from data-type to PostScript not found   C             Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software could notiC             find the translator from data-type to PostScript in thee              SYS$SHARE directory.  E             User Action: The data type you specified in the DATA_TYPEnB             parameter or that is defined as the queue default mustA             be either supplied by HP or a user-written translatoreF             (TRN$data-type_PS.EXE in the SYS$SHARE directory). Correct9             the condition and resubmit the print request.r  G          TRYNOTRDY, tray-name tray on printer-name is current-tray-namec  A             Explanation: The input tray is not loaded with paper.p  D             User Action: Prepare the printer input tray and resubmit             the print job.  A          TUMBNOSUP, printer-name does not support tumble printing   F             Explanation: The printer does not support tumble printing.  D             User Action: Resubmit your job without requesting tumbleF             printing. Or resubmit the print job with /QUEUE specifying4             a printer that supports tumble printing.  F          TYPCHK, typecheck: Argument of wrong type - offending command             is string   F             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this syntax@             error while trying to execute the PostScript command"             represented by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an erroreC             exists in the translation process. If the translator isoB             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.   C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScriptu?             file, either the PostScript file or the application B             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.o  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-41    U            E        UNDEF, undefined: Name not known - offending command is stringn  C          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed this syntaxt=          error while trying to execute the PostScript command           represented by string.h  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofi@          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer           Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If thet?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customero4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  @        UNDEFRES, undefinedresult: Number overflow or underflow -$          offending command is string  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command representeda          by string.e  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofl@          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP CustomerA          Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the ?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer 4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  ?        UNDFILNAM, undefinedfilename: File not found - offendingC          command is string  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command representedn          by string.r  A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing oft@          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is  ,      A-42 System Messages and Error Recovery g               B             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.i  C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScriptd?             file, either the PostScript file or the applicationyB             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.t  A          UNKDATATYPE, Unknown data type: string or translator noto             available   B             Explanation: The DECprint Supervisor software does notD             recognize the DATA_TYPE parameter specified in the PRINTF             command, or the indicated translator could not be found or             started.  C             User Action: Check the PRINT command, correct the DATA_TG             TYPE parameter, and resubmit your request. If the DATA_TYPE G             parameter is valid, have your system manager check that thetG             TRN$* translator files listed in the DCPS Release Notes aretD             in the correct location on your system and have WORLD:RED             protection. Also have your system manager check process-C             related quotas and resources for the SYSTEM account, ifhD             your system is using multistreamed DCPS print symbionts.  :          UNKFILTAG, File tag is unknown. Tag value: number  F             Explanation: The file contains a DDIF stored_semantics tagG             that is not recognized by the DECprint Supervisor software.t  A             User Action: You cannot print this type of file using )             DECprint Supervisor software.r  A          UNKNOWN_DEFTRANS, data-type is not expected as a Defaultp+             Translator, but it will be usedp  K             Explanation: The data type given by the logical DCPS$queuename_mG             DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR as the default data type is not one thatgB             the DECprint Supervisor provides a translator for. TheG             DECprint Supervisor software will attempt to find and use av*             translator for this data type.  F             User Action: This message is informational only; the printE             job is printed. The system manager should ensure that thetD             data type is actually one that is desired. If so, ensureC             that a translator exists in the SYS$SHARE directory fortF             such a data type. If not, correct the specification of the  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-43    y            D          logical. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUE /RESET) andD          started (START /QUEUE) for a new definition to take effect.  B        UNKNOWN_PROLOG, Unknown prolog-version version-number, name          prolog-name  C          Explanation: Dialog between the print symbiont and printer %          produced unexpected results.m  C          User Action: If you continue to receive this message, call           HP Customer Services.  E        UNMATCH, unmatchedmark: Expected mark not on stack - offending           command is string  @          Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an errorC          while trying to execute the PostScript command represented           by string.   A          User Action: If this error occurs during the printing of @          a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error@          exists in the translation process. If the translator is?          supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer           Support Center.  @          If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScript<          file, either the PostScript file or the application?          that generated the PostScript file is in error. If the ?          application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer 4          Support Center and submit a problem report.  >        UNRECOGNIZED, Product name product-name not recognized;          assuming Unrecognized  >          Explanation: The printer model mentioned is not an HPA          printer and not one supported by DCPS. A set of commandsaA          known to work on other models will be used. Not all DCPSR$          features will be supported.  A          User Action: None. This message states the mode in whicho!          the printer will be run.         ,      A-44 System Messages and Error Recovery -  e            D          UNREGIST, unregistered: PostScript has encountered a system/             error - offending command is stringT  C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an erroroF             while trying to execute the PostScript command represented             by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an erroreC             exists in the translation process. If the translator isrB             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.n  C             If the error occurs during the printing of a PostScriptr?             file, either the PostScript file or the applicationeB             that generated the PostScript file is in error. If theB             application is supplied by HP, contact the HP Customer7             Support Center and submit a problem report.u  G          UNSUP_DEF_AUTOTYPE, data-type is not supported as an AUTOMATICe.             data type, assuming AUTOMATIC=ANSI  B             Explanation: The default text data type defined by theD             DCPS$[queue-name_]DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR logical name is notE             a legal value. The legal values are ANSI, PROPRINTER, andU             PCL.  E             User Action: The system manager must redefine the logicals             name.v  @          UNSUP_DEFTRANS, data-type is not supported as a Default*             Translator, ANSI will be used.  >             Explanation: The data type assumed by the DECprintD             Supervisor software as the default text data type is notD             valid. The DECprint Supervisor software will use ANSI as"             the default data type.  >             User Action: The system manager should correct the@             specification of the logical name DCPS$[queue-name]_F             DEFAULT_TRANSLATOR. The queue must be stopped (STOP /QUEUEF             /RESET) and started (START /QUEUE) for a new definition to             take effect.    H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-45    p            ?        UNSUPTAG, File tagged as data_syntax will not be printedp  C          Explanation: The file contains a DDIF stored_semantics tag           that is not supported.   B          User Action: You cannot print this type of file using the&          DECprint Supervisor software.  <        UNSUP_USER_AUTOTYPE, data-type is not supported as an5          AUTOMATIC data type, assuming AUTOMATIC=ANSI   D          Explanation: The user's PRINT command, or the default queueB          parameter in the DCPS$STARTUP.COM command file, specifies          theC          DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC=default-text-data-type parameter using B          an illegal value for default-text-data-type. Legal values'          are ANSI, PROPRINTER, and PCL.   C          User Action: If the error was in a PRINT command, resubmit A          the print job with one of the legal values for the DATA_n"          TYPE=AUTOMATIC parameter.  =          If the error is in the queue definition, perform the           following operations:  >          o  To get the job printed quickly, resubmit the printA             job with the DATA_TYPE=AUTOMATIC parameter. This will '             override the queue default.   3          o  To correct the default queue parameter:r  A             1. Edit the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file to modify the queue D                definition, including a valid default text data type.               2. Stop the queue.  1             3. Execute the DCPS$STARTUP.COM file.           USERDATA, stringr  ?          Explanation: The PostScript program requested that therA          data represented by string be sent to the user, with thee,          operators print, pstack, =, and ==.            User Action: None.g  ,      A-46 System Messages and Error Recovery f  d            @          VMERROR, vmerror: PostScript virtual memory exhausted -'             offending command is string   C             Explanation: The PostScript interpreter sensed an error F             while trying to execute the PostScript command represented             by string.  D             User Action: If this error occurs during the printing ofC             a file with a data type other than PostScript, an error C             exists in the translation process. If the translator iseB             supplied by HP, report this problem to the HP Customer             Support Center.   A             If your print job fails to print because of a virtualr@             memory limitation, you can take one of the following             actions:  A             o  Recreate the PostScript file using options in your F                application to make better use of the printer's virtual                memory.  D             o  Use a printer with more available memory to print the                file.  E          ZEROAREA, Layup definition margins result in no usable sheet              area  @             Explanation: You included a layup definition file inC             your print job that sets margins that leave no area fors             printing.e  F             User Action: See Chapter 11 for information on the MARGINS.             option in a layup definition file.  1         A.3 Layup Definition (BADLAYDEF) Messagesn  H               This section describes the layup definition error messagesD               you receive with the message identification BADLAYDEF.=               Messages are displayed in the following format:m  G               %DCPS_W_BADLAYDEF, condition on line line-number in layupn               definition  D               The condition describes the problem and line-number isG               the line number in the layup definition file on which thei               error occurred..  H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-47                 D            The following error messages are generated by errors in a?            layup definition file and reported as the condition.   C               ________________________Note ________________________s  @               Line numbers reported in the BADLAYDEF message may>               not always be correct for some Record Management/               Service (RMS) file organizations.   C               _____________________________________________________S  !        Bad form for margin valuese  C          Explanation: The value given for the MARGINS option cannote&          be understood by that option.  $        Bad form for page grid values  D          Explanation: The values given for the GRID option cannot be#          understood by that option.   4        Cannot give values with negated option option  A          Explanation: A line contains both a negated option and af.          value, for example, NOALTERNATE=LEFT.  "        Cannot negate option option  D          Explanation: An option that should not be negative is given          as a negative value.   '        Cannot supply a value for optioni  @          Explanation: A value is given for an option that cannot          take a value.  )        Could not find a number as a valuep  =          Explanation: The value given for an option cannot be #          understood by that option.   ,        Extra characters present after values  B          Explanation: Legitimate values for an option are followed          by extra characters.n  -        Must express a value for option optiond  C          Explanation: No value is given for an option that requiresi          a value.   ,      A-48 System Messages and Error Recovery    t                      No option present  B             Explanation: A line is not blank, but it also does not             contain an option.  .          No values specified for option option  D             Explanation: A line contains an equal sign but no value.  &          Number must be greater than 1  D             Explanation: The numeric values for an option are out of0             range, for example, PAGESPERSHEET=0.  )          Page count must be less than 100   G             Explanation: The GRID option must have positive values. The :             product of the two values must be 100 or less.  %          Unrecognized keyword keywordt  @             Explanation: The value given for a keyword cannot be             understood.   #          Unrecognized option option   E             Explanation: A line does not contain a recognized option.                                     H                                  System Messages and Error Recovery A-49 R  t                  H                                                                        BH         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                 PRINT Command Qualifiers      B               With the DECprint Supervisor, you can print files onF               PostScript printers using the OpenVMS PRINT command. TheF               PRINT command qualifiers are documented in this appendix3               and in the HP OpenVMS DCL Dictionary.g  H               Table B-1 lists the PRINT command qualifiers and describes.               the functions of the qualifiers.  B               Several qualifiers apply only to print jobs for ANSID               files; if you supply this type of qualifier on a PRINTH               command line for printing non-ANSI files, the qualifier is.               ignored and the file is printed.  H               Table_B-1_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________________  H               Qualifier_________Description_____________________________  G               /[NO]AFTER        Indicates the print job will be held inoC                                 the queue until the specified time.   C               /[NO]BACKUP       Selects files for printing based on @                                 their last backup date and time.  F               /[NO]BEFORE       Specifies a date and time for the fileH                                 selection qualifiers (/BACKUP, /CREATED,C                                 /EXPIRED, or /MODIFIED) and selects E                                 files with dates before the specified .                                 date and time.  :               /[NO]BURST        Controls file burst pages.  H               /[NO]BY_OWNER     Selects files to print based on the user:                                 identification code (UIC).  E               /CHARACTERISTICS  Specifies printer characteristics fore.                                 the print job.  H                                             PRINT Command Qualifiers B-1 c  d            E            Table_B-1_(Cont.)_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________t  E            Qualifier_________Description_____________________________t  C            /[NO]CONFIRM      Prompts you for each file in the printr!                              job.E  B            /COPIES           Specifies the number of copies of the+                              file to print.n  D            /[NO]CREATED      Selects files for printing based on the9                              file creation date and time.   B            /[NO]DELETE       Deletes the print files automaticallyD                              after the print job has been processed.  B            /[NO]EXCLUDE      Excludes a file or files from a print!                              job.c  D            /[NO]EXPIRED      Selects files for printing based on the;                              file expiration date and time.   B            /[NO]FEED         Controls whether form feed characters>                              are inserted at the end of pages.  6            /[NO]FLAG         Controls file flag pages.  @            /FORM             Specifies a form type whose charac-C                              teristics will be applied to the printe!                              job.o  D            /[NO]HEADER       Prints a header line at the top of each*                              printed page.  C            /[NO]HOLD         Holds the print job until specificallyh=                              released with SET ENTRY/RELEASE.   C            /[NO]IDENTIFY     Displays the print queue and print jobtC                              number on your terminal when the printO.                              job is submitted.  C            /JOB_COUNT        Specifies the number of times to printi%                              the job.O  A            /[NO]LOWERCASE    Specifies printing on a printer withv;                              lowercase printing capability.u  @            /[NO]MODIFIED     Selects files for printing based on@                              the date and time the file was last&                              modified.  8            /NAME             Specifies a print job name.  !      B-2 PRINT Command Qualifiers                  H               Table_B-1_(Cont.)_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________  H               Qualifier_________Description_____________________________  C               /NOTE             Specifies a message to print on jobe1                                 separation pages.t  D               /[NO]NOTIFY       Sends messages to your terminal whenF                                 the print job starts and ends and when5                                 printer errors occur.   B               /OPERATOR         Sends the specified message to theG                                 operator when the print job is started.g  G               /PAGES            Specifies a range of pages in the printi-                                 job to print.   F               /PARAMETERS       Specifies one or more PRINT parameters>                                 for controlling the print job.  D               /[NO]PASSALL      Specifies whether to bypass DECprint@                                 Supervisor formatting of output.  G               /PRIORITY         Specifies a priority for the print job.   G               /QUEUE            Specifies the print queue for the printa$                                 job.  G               /REMOTE           Creates a print job on a remote node in ,                                 the network.  E               /[NO]RESTART      Enables the print job to be restartedd>                                 after it has been interrupted.  G               /RETAIN           Specifies the circumstances under whichlF                                 you want your jobs to be retained in a&                                 queue.  C               /SETUP            Specifies a setup module to control :                                 printing of the print job.  F               /SINCE            Specifies a date and time for the fileH                                 selection qualifiers (/BACKUP, /CREATED,C                                 /EXPIRED, or /MODIFIED) and selects D                                 files with dates after the specified.                                 date and time.  >               /[NO]SPACE        Controls double-spaced output.  <               /[NO]TRAILER      Controls file trailer pages.  H                                             PRINT Command Qualifiers B-3    n            E            Table_B-1_(Cont.)_PRINT_Command_Qualifiers________________n  E            Qualifier_________Description_____________________________o  B            /USER             Specifies the user name for the printE            __________________job.____________________________________   C            Each qualifier is described in more detail with examples "            on the following pages.              /AFTER=time            /NOAFTER (default) E            Specifies a time at which the print job should be released @            from the queue and printed. Without this qualifier, aC            print job is printed immediately or as soon as a printert            becomes available.   E            For example, the following print job will be started after             6:00 p.m.:n  ,                $ PRINT /AFTER=18:00 FARM.DAT              /BACKUP            /NOBACKUP (default)B            Selects files to print based on the time that the filesC            were last backed up. Use this qualifier with the /BEFOREi@            or /SINCE qualifier to specify the backup time. Other@            file selection qualifiers are /CREATED, /EXPIRED, andC            /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCE is used without any fileh?            selection qualifier, the file creation time is used.   A            For example, the following print job includes only the A            files named GROTON that were backed up before June 20,             2005:  ;                $ PRINT /BACKUP /BEFORE=20-JUN-2005 GROTON.*c              /BEFORE=timen            /NOBEFORE (default)?            Prints files dated before the specified time of file_A            creation, backup, expiration, or modification. You can B            enter a keyword (TODAY, TOMORROW, or YESTERDAY) insteadB            of a time. Use this qualifier with one of the following8            qualifiers to change the file selection mode:  !      B-4 PRINT Command Qualifiersd    e              H               /BACKUP          Selects files based on the time they were.                                last backed up.  G               /CREATED         Selects files based on the file creation D                                time. (This is the default if no file@                                selection qualifier is included.)  >               /EXPIRED         Selects files based on the file/                                expiration time.f  G               /MODIFIED        Selects files based on the time the fileo1                                was last modified.i  D               If you omit the /BEFORE qualifier, the specified files?               are printed, regardless of file creation, backup,e0               modification, or expiration times.  D               For example, to print only the files named GROTON thatB               were created before June 23, 2005, use the following               command:  ?                   $ PRINT /CREATED /BEFORE=23-JUN-2005 GROTON.*o                 /BURST[=keyword]                /NOBURST (default)D               Specifies file burst pages printed before each copy ofH               each file. The keyword ALL prints a burst page before eachH               file; the keyword ONE prints a burst page before the firstG               file in the job. This qualifier does not affect job bursttF               pages. Refer to the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more5               information about job separation pages.l  H               For example, to include a burst page before GROTON.DAT but=               not before FARM.DAT, use the following command:U  4                   $ PRINT GROTON.DAT /BURST FARM.DAT                 /BY_OWNER=uics#               /NOBY_OWNER (default) B               Prints only files with the specified UIC (user iden-D               tification code). The default action is to print files$               regardless of the UIC.  F               For example, to print the files named FARM.DAT that have=               the UIC [MACDONALD], use the following command:   8                   $ PRINT /BY_OWNER=[MACDONALD] FARM.DAT  H                                             PRINT Command Qualifiers B-5 i  o            *            /CHARACTERISTICS=characteristicC            Prints files on a printer that has been defined with the E            specified characteristics. Use the SHOW QUEUE/FULL commandP;            to list the characteristics for the print queue.r  =            For example, to print FARM.DAT on a printer with a >            characteristic defined as REDINK, use the following            command:   7                $ PRINT /CHARACTERISTICS=REDINK FARM.DATn              /CONFIRM             /NOCONFIRM (default)hB            Sends a confirmation prompt for each file, to which youD            can reply Yes or No to allow or disallow printing of thatE            file. If you do not include this qualifier, you receive nooC            prompts to confirm printing of each file in the request.i  E            For example, to print files named GROTON with confirmatione3            of each file, use the following command:   '                $ PRINT/CONFIRM GROTON.*t:                PRINT DISK:[MACDONALD]GROTON.TXT.3 ? [NO] Y              /COPIES=nB            Allows you to request multiple copies of a file. If youE            include this qualifier before the file specification, eachnE            file is printed n times. To obtain copies of a single file E            in a print job with multiple files, include this qualifiereE            after the file specification. The default action if you do B            not include this qualifier is to print one copy of each            file.  @            For example, to print two copies each of FARM.DAT and1            GROTON.DAT, use the following command:p  4                $ PRINT /COPIES=2 FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT  @            When you use the /COPIES qualifier in a print job forE            DECprint Supervisor, the software must translate your fileYA            and transmit the file in PostScript form for each copyaD            of the file that you request, if translation is required.E            This process increases the load on the computer system ande(            can slow down your print job.  !      B-6 PRINT Command Qualifiersr p               H               If you encounter problems when printing multiple copies ofG               the files, use the /JOB_COUNT qualifier or separate PRINTtG               commands to create a print job for each copy of the file.s                 /CREATED"               /NOCREATED (default)E               Selects files to print based on the file creation time. E               Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifier F               to specify the time. Other file selection qualifiers areD               /BACKUP, /EXPIRED, and /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCED               is used without any file selection qualifier, the file$               creation time is used.  G               For example, to print only the files named FARM that werepD               created after June 4, 2005, use the following command:  ;                   $ PRINT /CREATED /AFTER=4-JUN-2005 FARM.*                  /DELETEt!               /NODELETE (default)nH               Determines whether the system deletes the print file afterF               printing. If you omit this qualifier, the default action               is /NODELETE.r  F               For example, to delete the file FARM.DAT after printing,,               use the the following command:  *                   $ PRINT /DELETE FARM.DAT  E                 ______________________ CAUTION ______________________K  ?                 When you specify the /DELETE qualifier with thei@                 DECprint Supervisor software, the job controllerA                 always deletes the requested files, regardless ofeA                 whether the print job was completed successfully.U  C                 For example, the following print job is not printed >                 because the user entered an invalid SHEET_SIZED                 parameter (GREEN). Although the file is not printed,4                 the job controller deletes the file.  M                     $ PRINT /DELETE /PARAMETERS=(SHEET_SIZE=GREEN) GROTON.TXTd  :                 Use the /DELETE qualifier with discretion.  E                 _____________________________________________________T  H                                             PRINT Command Qualifiers B-7 t  i                        /EXCLUDE=file-spec             /NOEXCLUDE (default)sA            Specifies files to be excluded from the print job (notrB            printed with others that match the file specification).B            This qualifier is useful when wildcards are used in the?            file specification. The default action when you omit C            this qualifier is to print all files that match the files            specification.   A            For example, to print all the files named FARM, except /            FARM.DAT, use the following command:t  /                $ PRINT /EXCLUDE=FARM.DAT FARM.*n              /EXPIREDy            /NOEXPIRED (default)tD            Selects files to print based on the file expiration time.B            Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE or /SINCE qualifierC            to specify the time. Other file selection qualifiers areoA            /BACKUP, /CREATED, and /MODIFIED. If /BEFORE or /SINCEnA            is used without any file selection qualifier, the filep!            creation time is used.:  E            For example, to print files named GROTON that are dated to:E            expire before January 10, 2000, use the following command:r  <                $ PRINT /EXPIRED /BEFORE=10-JAN-2000 GROTON.*              /FEED            /NOFEED (default)B            Controls whether form feed characters are inserted intoA            the data stream when the bottom margin is reached. UseeB            /NOFEED to specify no insertion of form feed characters>            into the print job. If you omit this qualifier, the#            default action is /FEED.r  C            For example, to print FARM.DAT with form feed charactersnA            inserted at the bottom of each page, use the followings            command:i  %                $ PRINT /FEED FARM.DATi        !      B-8 PRINT Command Qualifiersu r  e                           /FLAG[=keyword]u               /NOFLAG (default)uG               Controls printing of a file flag page preceding the file. F               The keyword ALL prints a file flag page before each copyE               of each file in the print job; the keyword ONE prints auD               file flag page before the first file in the print job.E               When you omit this qualifier, the default action is the D               action determined by the system manager for the queue.F               (This qualifier does not affect job flag pages. Refer toH               the DCPS System Manager's Guide for more information about$               job separation pages.)  G               For example, to print a flag page before each file in theh3               print job, use the following command:   7                   $ PRINT /FLAG=ALL FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT                  /FORM=form-namesB               Specifies that your print job requires a form with aC               specific set of form characteristics, as described in,H               Chapter 12. You can specify only form names that have been,               defined by the system manager.  E               If the stock type required for the form is not mounted,oH               the print job is placed in a pending state and is releasedB               when the printer has the required stock type loaded.  K               For example, to print GROTON.RPT with form type SHORT$REPORT, (               use the following command:  7                   $ PRINT /FORM=SHORT$REPORT GROTON.RPTc                 /HEADERs!               /NOHEADER (default)aD               Prints a header line, with file name, page number, and6               file creation date, at every page break.  G               The header information is not inserted automatically; youoH               must specify /HEADER to obtain header lines in the output.G               You can disable header line insertion using the /NOHEADER                qualifier.  G               For example, to print FARM.DAT with header lines, use theo                following command:  *                   $ PRINT /HEADER FARM.DAT  H                                             PRINT Command Qualifiers B-9 a  i                        /HOLD            /NOHOLD (default)C            Specifies whether the print job should begin immediatelymD            or be held until a SET ENTRY/RELEASE command releases theB            job for printing. If you omit this qualifier, the print)            job is not held automatically.   B            To hold a print job until the SET ENTRY/RELEASE command7            releases the job, use the following command:   %                $ PRINT /HOLD FARM.DATr              /IDENTIFY (default)            /NOIDENTIFY/ A            Specifies whether to display the print queue and print E            job's entry number when the print job is queued. /IDENTIFY !            is the default action.   B            For example, to suppress the display of the print queueE            and print job entry number when printing FARM.DAT, use the             following command:E  +                $ PRINT /NOIDENTIFY FARM.DAT               /JOB_COUNT=n B            Prints the job n times. The value of n is 1-255. If youE            omit this qualifier, one copy of the print job is printed. @            You can use the /COPIES qualifier to specify multipleD            copies of a specific file in the multiple-file print job.  @            For example, to print FARM.DAT followed by GROTON.DAT2            three times, use the following command:  7                $ PRINT /JOB_COUNT=3 FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT   B            When you use /JOB_COUNT in a print job for the DECprint@            Supervisor, the software must translate your file andD            transmit the file in PostScript form for each copy of theB            file that you request, if translation is required. ThisD            process increases the load on the computer system and can$            slow down your print job.              /LOWERCASEr!            /NOLOWERCASE (default)lD            Specifies that the print job requires lowercase printing.C            This qualifier does not apply to PostScript printers. If:  "      B-10 PRINT Command Qualifiers                 E               you include it in your print request, this qualifier is 3               ignored and the print job is printed.u                 /MODIFIED #               /NOMODIFIED (default)nG               Selects files for printing based on the time the file waseC               last modified. Use this qualifier with the /BEFORE or H               /SINCE qualifier to specify the time. Other file selectionH               qualifiers are /BACKUP, /CREATED, and /EXPIRED. If /BEFOREE               or /SINCE is used without any file selection qualifier,i-               the file creation time is used.g  H               For example, to print all the files named GROTON that wereF               modified after June 19, 2005, use the following command:  ?                   $ PRINT /MODIFIED /AFTER=19-JUN-2005 GROTON.*h                 /NAME=job-nameE               Specifies the print job's name, which is printed on the E               job separation pages. The job name can contain up to 39EG               alphanumeric characters. The default job name is the namee1               of the first file in the print job.e  E               For example, to print FARM.DAT with a job name AG_DATA, (               use the following command:  0                   $ PRINT /NAME=AG_DATA FARM.DAT                 /NOTE=stringF               Specifies a message string of up to 255 characters to be2               printed on the job separation pages.  D               For example, to include a distribution location on the:               separation pages, use the following command:  F                   $ PRINT /NOTE="Send to second floor, Bin 7" FARM.DAT                 /NOTIFYf!               /NONOTIFY (default)i?               Causes you to be notified when the job starts andnH               finishes, and notifies you of errors that occur during theE               printing process and of messages returned by PostScript ;               operators (such as print, pstack, =, and ==).   F               If you omit the /NOTIFY qualifier, the default action is6               not to display these print job messages.  H                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-11 C  o            ?            For example, to ensure you are notified of print jobI-            status, use the following command:   2                $ PRINT /NOTIFY FARM.DAT,GROTON.DAT  C            If you use Distributed Queuing Service (DQS) software toeD            queue print jobs to a remote printer, /NOTIFY returns jobB            start and finish messages that may or may not represent?            the actual time of starting and ending printing. DQSeE            suppresses the display of printer error messages and otherm<            messages from the printer on the user's terminal.              /OPERATOR=string E            Specifies a message string to be sent to the operator whennB            the print job starts. The message can contain up to 255A            characters. Include quotation marks around the messager            string.  @            For example, to send the distribution location to the:            operator's terminal, use the following command:  =                $ PRINT /OPERATOR="FARM.DAT TO JONES" FARM.DATo               /PAGES=[lowlim,]uplimE            Ignored by the DECprint Supervisor software. Use the PAGE_ C            LIMIT parameter described in Section 1.7. If you includepB            the /PAGES qualifier in a PRINT command to a PostScriptA            printer, the qualifier is ignored and the print job isi            printed.e               /PARAMETERS=parameter@            Specifies values for the DECprint Supervisor printing=            features. The parameters are listed in Appendix C.y  B            For example, to include the SIDES parameter to print on;            two sides of a sheet, use the following command:a  5                $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=SIDES=2 GROTON.DATA              /PASSALLn            /NOPASSALL (default)aB            Maintains the original characteristics of the print jobA            through printer processing, preventing /HEADER, marginiB            processing, and tab emulation (described in Chapter 5).=            The /PASSALL qualifier does not prevent operationsuB            specified by the system manager with DEFINE/FORM/SETUP.  "      B-12 PRINT Command Qualifiers e  f            @               If your print job uses a form definition, the formC               characteristics for that form type prevail. (Refer to /               Chapter 12 for more information.)e  A               For example, to print the FARM.DAT file without the C               special processing described above, use the following                command:  +                   $ PRINT /PASSALL FARM.DAT                  /PRIORITY=n E               Specifies a priority number to be assigned to the print5G               job. You can use this qualifier to ensure that print jobstC               are printed in a specific order. The value of n is 0-_G               255. To set this priority higher than the system value of B               MAXQUEPRI, you must have operator (OPER) privileges.  G               For example, to print FARM.DAT with a lower priority thanaH               GROTON.DAT, and ensure that GROTON is printed first, enter+               two PRINT commands, as shown:d  .                   $ PRINT /PRIORITY=1 FARM.DAT0                   $ PRINT /PRIORITY=2 GROTON.DAT                 /QUEUE=queue-namexF               Specifies a print queue for printing the job. You supplyB               the name of the execution queue or generic queue forC               queue-name. If you omit this qualifier, the print job F               is placed in the SYS$PRINT default queue, defined by the               system manager..  G               To list the print queues at your site, use the SHOW QUEUE 3               command, as described in Section 2.2.p  E               For example, to print FARM.DAT on the printer for queueT3               PS$DUPLEX, use the following command:e  3                   $ PRINT /QUEUE=PS$DUPLEX FARM.DATq                 /REMOTE A               Initiates a remote print request on another system.   E               When you include this qualifier, the file to be printed F               must exist on the remote node. You must include the hostG               node name in the file specification portion of your printpD               request. The file is queued on the default print queueC               (SYS$PRINT) of the other system and takes the printer.  H                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-13 y  f            B            characteristics defined for that system. The /QUEUE and>            /PARAMETERS qualifiers are ignored when you use the            /REMOTE qualifier.e  @            For example, to print GROTON.DAT on a printer on node-            AGRO::, use the following command:.  :                $ PRINT /REMOTE AGRO::[MACDONALD]GROTON.DAT              /RESTART             /NORESTART (default)nD            Requests that the print job be automatically restarted if%            the printer jams or stops.p  A            A print job with multiple files or copies that dependsrD            on passing the PostScript parameters from one file to theE            next may not be restarted successfully. (See Section 1.5.)o  :            Do not use /RESTART with printer jobs when you:  E            o  Request multiple PostScript files that do not reset thet               PostScript state.   C            o  Print multiple copies of PostScript files that do notb)               reset the PostScript state..  6            o  Specify one of the following parameters:  -               -  /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION   &               -  /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP  D               Refer to Chapter 11 and Section 1.6, respectively, forC               information about these parameters on restarted printt               jobs.   A            For example, to ensure that the print job for FARM.DAT A            in print queue ANSI$PSPRINT will be restarted, use thes            following command:f  <                $ PRINT /RESTART /QUEUE=ANSI$PSPRINT FARM.DAT              /RETAIN=option @            Specifies the circumstances under which you want yourD            jobs to be retained in a queue. When a job is retained inD            the queue, you can issue the SHOW QUEUE command after theB            job completes to see the status of the job. Without jobC            retention, no record of a job is left in a queue after a             job completes.   "      B-14 PRINT Command Qualifiers    7            A               Use the following options to specify job retention:e  G               ALWAYS           Holds the job in the queue regardless of ;                                the job's completion status._  F               DEFAULT          Holds the job in the queue as specified?                                by the queue's retention policy.e  E               ERROR            Holds the job in the queue only if the_<                                job completes unsuccessfully.  A               UNTIL=time-      Holds the job in the queue for theoC               value            specified length of time, regardless >                                of the job's completion status.                 /SETUP=modulepC               Includes the specified setup module (from the queue's F               device control libraries) with the print job. The systemH               manager can add and modify setup modules in device control               libraries.  H               You supply one or more setup module names from the queue'sG               device control libraries. To include more than one moduleyE               name, separate the module names with commas and enclosep%               the set in parentheses..  E               For example, to include the PostScript modules 4UP_GRIDhC               and 4UP_WIDE with the print job for FARM.RPT, use thep                following command:  =                   $ PRINT /SETUP=(4UP_GRID,4UP_WIDE) FARM.RPTo                 /SINCE=time                 /NOSINCE (default)D               Prints files dated after the specified time, selectingD               files dated after the specified date and time. You canE               include a keyword instead of the time, including TODAY, &               TOMORROW, and YESTERDAY.  H               Use this qualifier with one of the following qualifiers to-               change the file selection mode:   H               /BACKUP          Selects files based on the time they were.                                last backed up.  H                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-15    a              D            /CREATED         Selects files based on the file creationA                             time. (This is the default if no file =                             selection qualifier is included.).  ;            /EXPIRED         Selects files based on the filen,                             expiration time.  D            /MODIFIED        Selects files based on the time the file.                             was last modified.  A            For example, to print only the files named GROTON that >            were modified after June 1, 2005, use the following            command:   <                $ PRINT /MODIFIED /SINCE=01-JUN-2005 GROTON.*  D            If you omit the /SINCE qualifier, the specified files areE            printed regardless of file creation, backup, modification,o            or expiration times.               /SPACE             /NOSPACE (default) C            Requests printouts with single-spacing or double-spacing.B            (one blank line between each text line). Use /SPACE for?            double-spaced output. Use /NOSPACE for single-spaced             output.  C            For example, to print FARM.DAT with double-spaced lines, %            use the following command:   %                $ PRINT/SPACE FARM.DATi              /TRAILER=keyword             /NOTRAILER (default) C            Specifies whether to print file trailer pages at the endIA            of each file. Include this qualifier between the PRINTnA            command and the file specification. You can supply the_C            keyword ALL to specify trailer pages after each file, or_A            ONE to specify a trailer page only after the last file D            in the print job. If you omit this qualifier, the default-            action of the print queue is used.O  ?            This qualifier does not affect the output of the job A            trailer page. Refer to the DCPS System Manager's Guide[?            for more information about the job separation pages.   "      B-16 PRINT Command Qualifiers s  B            F               For example, to include a trailer page for all the filesA               in the print job GROTON, use the following command:c  .                   $ PRINT/TRAILER=ALL GROTON.*                 /USER=user-name B               Allows you to print a job for another user. You mustB               have the CMKRNL privilege and R (read) access to theF               file to print a job for another user. When you omit thisG               qualifier, the default action is to print files with yourr               user name.  D               For example, to print the file named FARM.DAT for user1               JONES, enter the following command:Q  .                   $ PRINT /USER=JONES FARM.DAT                                                          H                                            PRINT Command Qualifiers B-17                       H                                                                        CH         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                 PRINT Command Parameters      A               The PRINT command accepts the /PARAMETERS qualifiertD               to specify functions unique to the DECprint SupervisorF               software. Refer to Appendix B for more information about                the PRINT command.  G               This appendix lists the PRINT command parameters that aretF               used for specifying functions of the DECprint SupervisorC               software. See Table C-1 for a list of the parameters.r           C.1 PRINT Parameters  G               Parameters consist of keywords and associated values. UserG               the PRINT /PARAMETERS command to include these parameterseG               in your print job. The /PARAMETERS qualifier is a command F               qualifier, so all the files in the print job are subjectB               to the parameters used in the /PARAMETERS qualifier.  D               Default PRINT parameters can also be associated with aH               queue by the system manager. See the DCPS System Manager'sE               Guide for information about associating parameters withn$               specific print queues.  F               The PRINT command parameters for the DECprint SupervisorF               are listed in Table C-1 and are described in more detail2               in the sections listed in the table.                    H                                             PRINT Command Parameters C-1                 E      Table_C-1_PRINT_Parameters______________________________________f  E      Parameter_________Description_____________________Reference_____f  @      DATA_TYPE         Specifies the data type of the  Chapter 1.                        files in the print job.  B      FONTS_USED        Specifies one or more device    Section 5.43                        control library modules that_.                        contain SoftFonts kits.  B      INPUT_TRAY        Specifies which input tray to   Section 3.1                        use.   A      LAYUP_DEFINITION  Specifies layup options or a    Chapter 11 2                        layup definition file to be0                        applied to the print job.  B      MEDIA_TYPE        Specifies the media type on     Section 3.15                        which the job will be printed.   A      MESSAGES          Specifies creation of a log     Appendix Ar1                        file or log page for printP                         messages.  B      NUMBER_UP         Specifies the number of pages   Section 1.64                        to be printed on each side of                        a sheet.   B      OUTPUT_TRAY       Specifies the output tray to    Section 3.22                        which the job will be sent.  B      PAGE_LIMIT        Specifies the first and last    Section 1.7+                        pages to be printed.r  B      PAGE_ORIENTATION  Specifies the orientation       Section 1.42                        to print data on the paper:/                        portrait (vertically) or 0                        landscape (horizontally).  C      PAGE_SIZE         Specifies the size of the       Section 10.7 $                        logical page.  C      [NO]PUNCH         Specifies whether to punch job  Section 15.1                         output.  B      SHEET_COUNT       Specifies how many copies of    Section 1.5+                        each sheet to print.   C      SHEET_SIZE        Specifies the sheet size for    Section 10.4 )                        the printer stock.   B      SIDES             Specifies whether to print the  Section 1.33                        job on one or two sides of ai                        sheet.   C      STAPLE            Specifies whether to staple     Section 15.2 3      C-2 PRINT Command theajobeand where the staple   ,                        should be positioned.  B      [NO]TAB           Selects whether DECprint        Section 5.31                        Supervisor software or theu3                        ANSI translator performs tabrE      __________________expansion.____________________________________n u  f            C               Using parameters other than those listed in Table C-1rB               results in a command syntax failure, as described in               Appendix A.   '         C.2 Syntax for PRINT Parametersu  E               When you specify the PRINT command with the /PARAMETERS_G               qualifier, be sure to follow these syntactic conventions:t  G               o  A maximum of eight parameters is allowed. (A series of=H                  parameters enclosed in quotation marks is considered toE                  be a single parameter.) If you are using DistributedeC                  Queuing Service (DQS) software, a maximum of sevent'                  parameters is allowed.b  E               o  If you specify two or more parameters, separate themlC                  by commas and enclose the list in parentheses. The/D                  following examples show valid syntax for specifying                  parameters:  B                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=DATA_TYPE=REGIS file-name  M                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,MESSAGES) file-namec  F               o  If the value associated with a parameter contains anyC                  special characters, such as commas or parentheses,d?                  enclose the value (or the entire parameter) int!                  quotation marks.r  H                  The following examples show valid syntax for specifying6                  multiple values to a print parameter:  X                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,PAGE_LIMIT="(1,4)",MESSAGES) -!                      _$ file-namel  X                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS=(DATA_TYPE=REGIS,"PAGE_LIMIT=(1,4)",MESSAGES) -!                      _$ file-name   V                      $ PRINT /PARAMETERS="DATA_TYPE=REGIS,PAGE_LIMIT=(1,4),MESSAGES" -!                      _$ file-namen  D               The DECprint Supervisor software checks for syntax andH               value limits at the time the file is printed, not when theE               PRINT command is first entered. If a print job contains D               an error in the parameters, it is aborted and an errorG               message is displayed on your terminal if you included the 5               /NOTIFY qualifier in the PRINT command.   H                                             PRINT Command Parameters C-3                 +      C.3 Order of Defaulting for Parameters   D            Print parameters can be specified in the PRINT command orC            as default queue parameters in the printer startup file.s@            If a parameter is not specified, the standard printerE            default value is used. The value for a parameter specifiediD            in a PRINT command takes precedence over the value of the#            default queue parameter.t  E            The default queue parameter for a generic queue supersedes0@            the default queue parameter defined for the execution<            queue. However, if there is a syntax error in the@            generic queue definition, the default queue parameterD            for the execution queue is used. Refer to the DCPS SystemC            Manager's Guide for information about setting up default             queue parameters.                                                          !      C-4 PRINT Command Parametersf                       H                                                                        DH         ________________________________________________________________  H                              SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges      G               Table D-1 lists the font cartridges for LN03 and DEClaser H               printers for printing ANSI files. You can print these ANSIH               files on PostScript printers using the DECprint SupervisorF               software and the appropriate SoftFont kits, as describedF               in Table D-1. See Section 5.2 for more information aboutF               printing ANSI files. Use the following module names withG               the /PARAMETERS=FONTS_USED qualifier. See Table D-2 for aOA               list of SoftFont kits and the modules they contain.   H         Table_D-1_Font_Cartridge_Equivalents____________________________           Cartridge OrdertH         Number___________Cartridge_Name________SoftFont_Module_Name_____  H         ______________________LN03_Font_Cartridges______________________  A         LN03X-CB         CG Times              CGTIMES8-10-12_MCSi  ?         LN03X-CW         CG Times Presentation CGTIMES14-18_MCS   <         LN03X-CX         CG Times Large        CGTIMES24_MCS  A         LN03X-CY         CG Triumvirate        CGTRIUM8-10-12_MCS   ?         LN03X-CJ         CG Triumvirate        CGTRIUM14-18_MCS %                          Presentation   <         LN03X-CZ         CG Triumvirate Large  CGTRIUM24_MCS  :         LN03X-CL         ITC Souvenir          ITCSOUV_MCS  5         LN03X-CP         English 116 Embassy   SCRIPTh  ;         LN03X-DH         Monospaced Swiss      SWISS_MCS[1]s%                          Presentation   H         [1]Use_the__ISO1_suffix_instead_of__MCS_if_your_document_uses___  &         the ISO Latin-1 character set.  H                          SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges D-1    r            E      Table_D-1_(Cont.)_Font_Cartridge_Equivalents____________________t        Cartridge OrderE      Number___________Cartridge_Name________SoftFont_Module_Name_____f  E      ______________________LN03_Font_Cartridges______________________e  8      LN03X-DJ         Monospaced Swiss      SWISS_MCS[1]                       Larget  3      LN03X-CS         Letter Gothic         LETGOTH   /      LN03X-CM         OCR A/OCR B           OCRt  3      LN03X-DE         Barcode 3 of 9        BARCODEu  4      LN03X-CT         US Legal              MONO_MCS  E      ________________________________________________________________eE      _______________DEClaser_2100/2200_Font_Cartridges_______________   A      LNXX-CA          CG Times              CGTIMES8-10-12_MCS[1]f  ?                                             CGTIMES14-18_MCS[1]n  <                                             CGTIMES24_MCS[1]  A      LNXX-CB          CG Triumvirate        CGTRIUM8-10-12_MCS[1].  ?                                             CGTRIUM14-18_MCS[1]   <                                             CGTRIUM24_MCS[1]  :      LNXX-CC          ITC Souvenir/Script   ITCSOUV_MCS[1]  2                                             SCRIPT  3      LNXX-CD          Monospaced            BARCODET  3                                             LETGOTHe  7                                             MONO_MCS[1]   /                                             OCRI  8                                             SWISS_MCS[1]E      [1]Use_the__ISO1_suffix_instead_of__MCS_if_your_document_uses___I  #      the ISO Latin-1 character set. E      ________________________________________________________________r  4      D-2 SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges    y            H               Table_D-2_SoftFont_Kits___________________________________                 SoftFont OrderH               Number___________Fonts_________________Modules____________  C               LNSFT-AX         CG Times 8, 10, 12    CGTIMES8-10-12t  A                                CG Times 14, 18       CGTIMES14-18u  >                                CG Times 24           CGTIMES24  C               LNSFT-BX         CG Triumvirate 8,     CGTRIUM8-10-12i%                                10, 12w  A                                CG Triumvirate 14,    CGTRIUM14-18 !                                18I  >                                CG Triumvirate 24     CGTRIUM24  ;               LNSFT-CX         English Embassy 14,   SCRIPTo!                                18   <                                ITC Souvenir 8, 10,   ITCSOUV!                                12o  <               LNSFT-DX         Barcode 3 of 9, 18,   BARCODE!                                36e  <                                Letter Gothic 10, 14  LETGOTH  :                                Mono Swiss 14, 18     SWISS  :                                Mono Swiss, 24        SWISS  8                                OCR-A, OCR-B 10       OCR  H               _________________US_Legal______________MONO_MCS___________  F                 ________________________Note  ________________________  >                 The SoftFont kits have been retired and are no?                 longer sold. The information in this chapter ise,                 included for reference only.  E                 _____________________________________________________   H                          SoftFont Kits for Emulating Font Cartridges D-3 f                     H                                                                        EH         ________________________________________________________________  H                                           Additional Character Encodings      ;               This appendix discusses the following topics:o  8               o  Available encoding vectors, Section E.1  :               o  Examples of encoding vectors, Section E.2  <               o  Using the additional encodings, Section E.3  E               o  Including the DECMCS encoding module in a print job,i                  Section E.4  ?               o  Defining ISO Latin-1 for third-party printers,E                  Section E.5  &         E.1 Available Encoding Vectors  C               PostScript provides a character set encoded using thedG               Adobe Standard Encoding vector. When a PostScript programtE               calls a font, the findfont operator uses this vector tod8               associate characters with character codes.  G               PostScript also provides the ISO Latin-1 encoding vector,rH               named ISOLatin1Encoding, which is the encoding scheme usedG               by the ISO Latin Alphabet Number 1 Standard (ISO 8859/1).fH               Most PostScript text fonts provide all the characters usedF               in the ISO Latin-1 encoding. See the PostScript PrintersB               Programmer's Supplement for a list of the charactersC               included in the ISO Latin Alphabet Number 1 Standard.   F               In addition to Adobe Standard and ISO Latin-1 encodings,E               the DECprint Supervisor software offers the DECMCS (DEC[G               Multinational Character Set) encoding. See the PostScriptt@               Printers Programmer's Supplement for a list of theD               characters included in the DEC Multinational Character               Set.  H                                       Additional Character Encodings E-1    e            @            Characters in the ISO Latin-1 and DECMCS encodings doB            not have separate font metrics files (.AFM files). (ForB            more information on .AFM files, refer to the PostScriptD            Printers Programmer's Supplement.) If you need to look upD            character information in a font metrics file, look up the6            character by its name, not by its encoding.  %      E.2 Examples of Encoding Vectorst  <            Example E-1 demonstrates how to define the DECMCSD            encoding vector. See the PostScript Printers Programmer'sC            Supplement for more information about how these encodingc            vectors are defined.   D            The encoding vector DECMCSEncoding is defined by changing(            the vector ISOLatin1Encoding.  :            Example E-1 Defining the DECMCS Encoding Vector  #                %! DECMCSEncoding.PS                 %N                % Create DEC Multinational Character Set (MCS) encoding vector.  C                /DECMCSEncoding ISOLatin1Encoding 256 array copy def                   marko@                  8#177 8#240 8#244 8#246 8#254 8#255 8#256 8#257@                  8#264 8#270 8#276 8#320 8#336 8#360 8#376 8#377                counttomark8                {DECMCSEncoding exch /questionmirror put}                repeata*                % stack now contains   mark                   8#250 /currency                  8#327 /OE!                  8#335 /Ydieresis                   8#367 /oe!                  8#375 /ydieresis !                counttomark 2 idiva,                {DECMCSEncoding 3 1 roll put}                repeatu*                % stack now contains   mark                cleartomark      '      E-2 Additional Character Encodings                  *         E.3 Using the Additional Encodings  G               To use a character encoding other than the Adobe Standard +               Encoding, follow these steps:l  D               1. Define a procedure, encodefont for instance, in theD                  prologue of your PostScript program that applies anG                  encoding vector to a font to create a new font. Before D                  invoking findfont, your program calls encodefont toF                  encode the font with the desired encoding vector. The3                  code for encodefont is as follows:O  "                      /encodefont {M                          findfont dup                % Get the old font dict. R                          maxlength dict begin        % Make a new one just as big.O                          {   1 index /FID ne         % Copy everything but FID.r&                              {   def }*                              {   pop pop }%                              ifelse }o                          forall$P                          /Encoding exch def          % Install the new encoding.V                          dup /FontName exch def      % New font dict is still current.K                          currentdict definefont      % Create the new font.p                          end                      } bind deft  E               2. Create your new font using the encodefont procedure.d5                  The procedure takes three arguments:n  (                  o  Name of the new font  #                  o  Encoding vector   (                  o  Name of the old font  E                  The encodefont procedure creates a new font with theeH                  new name and encoding, and returns the new font. ChooseD                  any name for your new font. You might choose a nameH                  that includes the name of the old font and the encoding                  vector.  D                  You can create and immediately use your new font orE                  you can create the new font and use it later in your F                  program. For example, to create and use a Times-RomanG                  font encoded with ISO Latin-1, use the following code:l  H                                       Additional Character Encodings E-3    n            :                   /Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 ISOLatin1Encoding1                           /Times-Roman encodefonti&                   12 scalefont setfont  D               To create and use the font separately in your program,               use this code:  :                   /Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 ISOLatin1Encoding5                           /Times-Roman encodefont pop                    .u                   .s                   . F                   /Times-Roman-ISOLatin1 findfont 12 scalefont setfont  @            To use the DECMCS encoding, you must also include theB            device control library module (LPS$DECMCSENCODING) that?            defines this encoding vector. The LPS$DECMCSENCODING D            module provides encoding vectors only. It does not defineC            characters that were undefined in versions of PostScripta!            lower than Version 40.   >            Example E-1 shows how the DECMCS encoding vector is            defined.r  <      E.4 Including the DECMCS Encoding Module in a Print Job  E            To use the DECMCS encoding modules, specify the following:m  9            $ PRINT/SETUP=(LPS$DECMCSENCODING) filename.PS   6      E.5 Defining ISO Latin-1 for Third-Party Printers  C            For PostScript printers that use a version of PostScriptb@            Level 1 lower than Version 40, you may need to defineC            an ISO Latin-1 encoding vector to print PostScript fileslB            that use this encoding. For example, suppose you have aD            PostScript program that requires the ISO Latin-1 encodingE            vector to print on a typesetter that uses an early versiont            of PostScript.h  B            In this case, you can use the encodefont procedure, butB            you also have to define the ISO Latin-1 encoding vectorB            in the prologue of your PostScript program. Extract the?            LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING module from the device control             library:e  '      E-4 Additional Character Encodings                  <                   $ LIBRARY /EXTRACT=LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING -O                   _$ /OUTPUT=ISOLATIN1ENCODING.PS /TEXT SYS$LIBRARY:DCPS$DEVCTLe  H               The LPS$ISOLATIN1ENCODING module provides encoding vectorsC               only. The module does not define characters that wereeH               undefined in versions of PostScript lower than Version 40.                                                                              H                                       Additional Character Encodings E-5 e  h                      H         ________________________________________________________________  H                                                                 Glossary      )               Advanced Server for OpenVMS   H               The software product that runs on the OpenVMS Alpha serverE               to provide central management of network-wide resources 5               and communications for Windows systems.t                 ANSI  F               Refers to DIGITAL ANSI-Compliant Printing Protocol Level               3.                 ANSI/sixel file   G               A file that contains data stored in ANSI or sixel format,t#               such as an LN03 file.T  &               AppleTalk network system  C               A communications environment that provides users withtB               such options as sharing files, sharing printers, andC               sending messages. The network devices and software in C               the system use AppleTalk protocols for communicating. F               The design of AppleTalk allows you to select the type ofH               transmission media, while retaining the AppleTalk services               and interface.                 AppleTalk printerT  H               A printer attached to the AppleTalk network and accessibleE               using the AppleTalk protocols, particularly the Printere$               Access Protocol (PAP).                 ASCII   @               A file that contains ANSI text data with no escape               sequences.  H                                                               Glossary-1                             aspect ratio.  2            The ratio of page width to page length.  (            automatic data type detection  @            The process by which the DECprint Supervisor softwareE            investigates print files to determine the data type of thet            file.              bitmap   C            An image in digitized form that can be stored, transmit-d            ted, and reproduced.               burst page   ?            A page printed between print jobs or copies of printI@            files, if requested. Useful for separating print jobs            manually.              client system  C            A network node that runs DECprint Supervisor software tos(            access a PrintServer printer.              command qualifier  @            A qualifier that affects the processing of the entire2            command. See also positional qualifier.              CPAPr  B            Common Printer Access Protocol. A printer protocol thatE            layers upon the TCP/IP and DECnet network protocols and isoB            used by DECprint Supervisor to communicate with DIGITAL             PrintServer printers.              data syntax              See data type.               data type  3            The data format of a file to be printed.   :            DDIF (DIGITAL Document Interchange Format) file  ?            A file that contains data stored in the DIGITAL data +            syntax for conveying image data.t        Glossary-2t                                DECimage  F               Image enhancement technology available in some printers,A               for example, the DIGITAL PrinterServer printers and A               DEClaser 5100 printer. This feature gives increased H               clarity, smoothness, and sharpness to graphics. Applicable>               to PostScript images only, it is best applied toH               continuous grayscale images, though it may also be appliedF               to synthetic images created with a graphics application.                 DECimage-Lites  @               A feature of the DECprint Supervisor software thatA               provides a subset of the DECimage image enhancement C               technology through the use of setup modules. See alsos               DECimage.)                 DECnet  *               DIGITAL networking protocol.  !               DECprint Supervisor   E               The software product consisting of a print symbiont andAH               data type translators for printing on PostScript printers.                 DECserverp  @               A communications device that allows printers to beC               connected directly to the Ethernet network, providingD?               network access for serial-based printers. NetworkdF               protocols offered usually include LAT, and often raw TCP               /IP.  $               device control library  G               A library that contains a series of text modules that cansF               be sent to the device associated with a queue, to affect*               the behavior of that device.                 desktop printerR  B               A printer, historically low to medium speed, that isH               accessible through a raw TCP/IP, LAT, or AppleTalk networkF               connection or through a direct serial connection to your               system.   H                                                               Glossary-3                              device control module              See setup module.  !            device control libraryt  D            A library containing a series of text modules that can beB            sent to the device associated with a queue. The modules3            affect device behavior or file printing.F              duplex printing  8            Printing on two sides of each sheet of paper.              execution queue  >            The print queue associated with a specific physical"            printing output device.              facedownd  B            A method of stacking printer output, where the paper is#            stacked front side down.e              faceup   B            A method of stacking printer output, where the paper is!            stacked front side up.               file extensionf  D            The portion of the file name following the period. In the6            file MYFILE.TXT, the file extension is TXT.               file separation pages  D            Pages printed before and after each file is printed. File@            separation pages can be enabled and disabled with the8            PRINT command. See also job separation pages.              finisheru  A            A part of a printer, often optional, that allows printt7            jobs to be punched or stapled automatically.j              flag page  B            An optional page that precedes each file or job that is@            printed. The flag page contains information about theD            printer and the print job, including any message from the             PRINT/NOTE qualifier.        Glossary-4i s  u                           file type   !               See file extension.t                 font  F               The artistic representation of a typeface that describesF               a set of characters rendered in a particular point size,                weight, and style.                 font cartridge  C               A physical memory cartridge that contains a family ofl@               fonts, used to add font choices on an LN03 printerC               or DEClaser printer. The DECprint Supervisor software F               emulates this feature using the soft font kits. See also               soft font.                 font filet  G               A data file that contains information used to reproduce a                specific font.                 generic queueo  B               The logical printer queue that accepts the print jobG               from the user and directs it to the appropriate execution                queue.                 gray-scale  F               A method of printing photographs on PostScript printers.                 host  G               The computer system that provides services and managementt               of printers.                 image file  @               A file containing a picture or graphic image to be               printed.                 job                  The print job.                 job log page  B               An optional log page that contains messages from the%               system during printing.a  H                                                               Glossary-5 t                           job separation pageso  B            Job burst pages, job flag pages, and job trailer pages,E            optionally available on print queues to record information A            about the print job. Job separation pages are included D            as part of the queue. These pages are useful for manually%            separating printer output.N               landscape orientation  B            Paper orientation in which text is read parallel to the"            long side of the paper.              layup  D            A feature of the DECprint Supervisor software that allowsA            you to control the mapping of pages to sheets. You can B            control the placement of the pages on the sheet and the7            number of pages to be printed on each sheet.n               layup definition file  D            A file stored in a directory defined by DCPS$LAYUP, whichE            you may include with your print job to specify page layup.t              logical pagep  .            An indivisible image to be printed.              network printer  B            A printer that is accessible from multiple nodes in the            same network.              network printing   ?            A configuration of printers on a network that allows A            several users to share a printer and to access it from 6            network nodes such as PCs and host systems.              NIC  C            Network Interface Card. A hardware device for connectingtD            a printer to a network. It may be built into a printer orC            added later as an option. The NIC contains firmware that C            implements various network protocols such as raw TCP/IP,fE            AppleTalk and LAT. The protocols offered by the NIC dependS?            on its particular features and how it is configured.         Glossary-6s                                number-up   F               Printing multiple pages on one side of a sheet of paper.                 OpenVMS Alphat  B               The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP's Alpha               systems.                 OpenVMS I64s  F               The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP's Integrity               servers.                 OpenVMS VAXa  @               The OpenVMS operating system that runs on HP's VAX               systems.                 page  4               A page of data. See also logical page.                 page spot   >               The area on a sheet where a page can be printed.I               /PARAMETERS=NUMBER_UP and /PARAMETERS=LAYUP_DEFINITION=GRIDNE               are used to define the number of page spots on a sheet.                  PATHWORKS   G               A collection of software products that provide communica- G               tion, shared resources, and centralized management of PCs 2               from a host system, such as OpenVMS.  /               PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (V5 Family)   E               The PATHWORKS software product that runs on the OpenVMShD               Alpha or VAX server node to provide central managementF               of network-wide resources and communications for WindowsH               systems. This product has been replaced by Advanced Server:               for OpenVMS and PATHWORKS (Advanced Server).      H                                                               Glossary-7 r               ,            PATHWORKS for OpenVMS (Macintosh)  ?            The PATHWORKS software product that provides OpenVMS ?            server software for PATHWORKS for Macintosh configu- @            rations. This software includes the AppleTalk network?            protocol so that an OpenVMS system can be part of aniE            AppleTalk network. This product has been retired and is nob            longer supported.  
            PCs  B            A personal computer that runs either the Windows or DOS            operating system.              PCL fileu  ?            A file that contains data stored in the HP PCL (Page ?            Control Language) data type. The DECprint Supervisor ?            includes translator software to translate PCL4 files A            generated for printing on HP's LaserJet IID printer to :            PostScript for printing on PostScript printers.              point  E            A unit of measurement in printing, where 72 points equal 1             inch.              portrait orientation   B            Paper orientation in which the text is read parallel to'            the short side of the paper._              positional qualifier   D            A qualifier that affects a single part of a command line,A            for example, one file in a print job. See also command             qualifier.d              PostScript file  E            A file in PostScript language, which is designed to conveya?            a description of the desired page to the printer andtB            may include a combination of text, graphics, and bitmap            images.              PostScript printer   B            A printer designed to print files in PostScript format.        Glossary-8h r                              print engine  9               The internal engine in the printing device.i                 print job   G               A print request of one or more files and associated print                requirements.g                 print queue   A               The queue in which a print job waits to be printed.f                 print server  F               A hardware device for connecting a printer to a network,B               usually attached to the printer's parallel port. TheA               protocols offered by the print server depend on itsPG               particular features and how it is configured, but usually B               include raw TCP/IP and AppleTalk, and sometimes LAT.  "               PrintServer Software  E               The software for managing DIGITAL PrintServer printers.p  1               PrintServer software remote consoles  D               The PrintServer software that allows the printer to be/               managed from the supporting host.c                 print symbiont  C               The software that processes the user's print request, B               arranges to have data translated, if required, sendsD               the data to the printer, and reports messages from the               printer.                 printeri  "               The printing device.                 Proprinter file   D               A file created for printing on IBM Proprinter devices.  H                                                               Glossary-9                             raw TCP/IP   ?            A network protocol that utilizes the TCP/IP protocoll@            directly without any additional interpretation of theC            TCP data stream. It is supported by many printer Network >            Interface Cards (NICs), print servers, and terminal            servers.               recto page_  E            An odd-numbered page in a book. In an open book, the recto E            page is always on the right. For example, page 1 is always E            a recto page. For a single sheet, the recto page is always A            the page on the front of the sheet. Compare with verso             page.              ReGIS filea  @            A file containing graphics data in DIGITAL ReGIS data            format.              serial printer   >            A printer that is connected to the system by serial            communications.              server node  E            The host system for managing shared resources in a networkt            configuration.Q              setup moduler  A            A file in a device control library that is sent to the 5            printer before the files in the print job.e  "            shared network printers  E            Printers on the network that are accessible from more thaneE            one computer (this includes PCs and time-sharing systems).               sheet  %            A physical piece of paper.l              simplex printing$  7            Printing on one side of each sheet of paper.         Glossary-10    u                           soft fonts  E               PostScript font families that emulate the physical fontdH               cartridges used in DIGITAL LN03 and DEClaser printers. See"               also font cartridge.                 SPDo  E               Software Product Description. This document is supplied @               with HP's software media and documentation kits to@               describe the supported configurations and required0               products for running the software.                 TCP/IP  9               The Internet Transmission Control Protocol.   &               Tektronix 4010/4014 file  E               A data file created by Tektronix 4010 and 4014 systems.                  trailer page  H               An optional print job page that follows each file printed.E               The trailer page is often printed even if the print job E               fails, and contains messages to the user explaining the )               reason for the print error.                  translator  G               A program that changes the data syntax of the user's file :               to a form that can be output to the printer.                 tumble printing   C               A printing method in which the space left for bindingaF               or hole-punching alternates along the two short edges ofE               a sheet. Right-hand pages are printed on the first siderE               of a sheet, so blank left-hand pages are inserted wheret               necessary.                 usable areaa  B               The area on the page where data may be printed. WhenD               a page is scaled (enlarged or shrunk), it is scaled toE               fit within the usable area, but the aspect ratio (ratio0D               of height to width) is preserved. If this leaves extraH               space on the edge of the page, the page is centered in the               usable area.  H                                                              Glossary-11 e  P                        verso pagee  @            An even-numbered page in a book. In an open book, theC            verso page is always on the left. For example, page 2 isCB            always a verso page. For a single sheet, the verso pageD            is always the page on the back of the sheet. Compare with            recto page.                                                                                  Glossary-12 i  F                          E      ________________________________________________________________   E                                                                 Index     E      A                                    /CHARACTERISTICS qualifier, /      ___________________________            B-6iA      /AFTER qualifier,  2-2, B-4          /CONFIRM qualifier, B-6oA      /ALL_JOBS qualifier,  2-5            Copies, specifying, 1-4lA      ALTERNATE layup option,              /COPIES qualifier, 1-4,q/         11-3                                B-6tA      ANSI escape sequences,  5-6          /CREATED qualifier, B-7-      ANSI files, printing,  5-1_E      ANSI printers, emulating,            D___________________________C         5-1                               DATA_TYPE parameter, 7-1,_?      ANSI qualifiers,  5-1                  7-6, 8-1, 8-3, 13-4   A      B                                    DCPS$DEFAULT form, 12-4 B      ___________________________          DCPS$DEVCTL.TLB library,0      /BACKUP qualifier,  B-4                13-1?      /BEFORE qualifier,  B-4              DDIF image files, 6-1-C      BORDERS layup option,  11-4          DECcolorwriter 1000 setup4:      /BRIEF qualifier,  2-3, 2-5            modules,  13-52      /BURST qualifier,  14-1,             DECimage:         B-5                                enabling,  13-4@      /BY_JOB_STATUS qualifier,             enhancing resolution,2         2-3, 2-5                              13-4?      /BY_OWNER qualifier,  B-5             setup modules,  13-4t  <                                           Default form, 12-4D      C__________________________          DEFINE /FORM command, 12-2D      Character encoding                   DELETE /ENTRY command, 2-5@        Adobe standard, E-1                /DELETE qualifier, B-7@        DECMCS, E-1                        Device control library?        font metrics files, E-2             error handler,  16-1tA        fonts, E-1                         Double-spaced printing,c0        ISO Latin-1, E-1                     B-16          using ISO Latin-1 or           DECMCS,  E-2E  E                                                               Index-1D                 ?      Duplex printing                      File formats (cont'd) :        specifying with ANSI                undefined,  1-7@          escape sequences,  5-6            variable length,  1-7?      Duplex printing, specifying          File separation pages <         , 1-2, 10-2                        specifying,  14-1D                                           /FILES qualifier, 2-4, 2-5=      E__________________________          File trailer pages,T=      Envelope feeder, specifying            specifying,  14-1 A         , 3-5                             FIRSTPAGE layup option, 0      ENVELOPE_FEEDER keyword,               11-5C         3-5                               First page spot, setting, 0      Error handler,  16-1                   11-58        example, 16-2                      Flag page, B-9D        including in program,              /FLAG qualifier, 14-1, B-9E          16-1                             Font cartridges, emulating, /        output, 16-3, 16-4                   5-3 =        PostScript environment,            Font metrics files,M@          16-1                               additional character;      Error messages,  A-1                   encodings,  E-2_B        layup definition, A-47 to          FONTS_USED keyword, 5-2,/          A-49                               5-3t@      Error notification, for              Form definitions, 12-1D         layup definition errors,           displaying the attributes7         11-14                                 of,  12-2 A      Euro symbol                           invoking setup modulesi9        printing, 5-7                          with,  12-3 9      /EXCLUDE qualifier,  B-8              listing,  12-1-A      Exit operator, with error             specifying paper stock 9         handler, 16-1                         with,  12-4rA      /EXPIRED qualifier,  B-8              with ANSI files,  5-2, 2                                               12-29      F__________________________          Form defintionss9      /FEED qualifier,  B-8                 default,  12-4 B      File burst pages,                    Form feeds, suppressing,/         specifying, 14-1                    5-2XD      File flag pages, specifying          /FORM qualifier, 2-5, 5-2,5         , 14-1                              12-1, B-9,?      File formats                         Front panel mode, PCL <        binary, 1-7                          translator,  7-5C        fixed, 1-7                         /FULL qualifier, 2-4, 2-5           indexed, 1-7_        relative, 1-7        stream, 1-7        Index-2                   G         G__________________________         J__________________________o  ?         GRID layup option, 11-7             Job log page,  17-1T@                                             Job separation pagesE         H__________________________           not controlled by user,_5         Header information                       14-1iG          inserting,  5-2                    /JOB_COUNT qualifier,  1-4, 3          suppressing,  5-2                     B-10            /HEADER qualifier, 5-2,_G           B-9                               L__________________________   @         Headers, B-9                        Landscape and duplex=         HELP PRINT_PARAMETER                   printing, 10-4 @           command,  17-4                    Landscape and tumble=         /HOLD qualifier, 2-2, B-10             printing, 10-5iB         Host software error handler         Landscape orientation,>           ,  16-1                              specifying, 1-3  1                                             Layup F         I__________________________           error messages,  A-47 to  5         /IDENTIFY qualifier, B-10                A-49oG         Image interpreter for               Layup definition file,  8-9c>           PrintServer printers,               creating,  11-11H           6-1                                 error notification,  11-14A         Image printing, 6-1                   examples of,  11-12rF         Input trays                           including in print jobs,5          selecting,  3-1                         11-1 9          specifying for PCL print           Layup optionsf>             jobs,  7-8                        ALTERNATE,  11-3<          specifying for Proprinter            BORDERS,  11-4>             print jobs,  8-11                 FIRSTPAGE,  11-59          specifying with                      GRID,  11-7 <             PostScript operators,             MARGINS,  11-7>             5-4                               PAGEORDER,  11-8C         INPUT_TRAY parameter, 3-1             PAGESPERSHEET,  11-11 ?         ISO Latin1 encoding, E-3              specifying,  11-1 G          for third-party printers,          LAYUP_DEFINITION parameter, 3             E-4                                11-1rD                                             /LENGTH qualifier,  12-3E                                             LIBRARY /EXTRACT command,n3                                                13-3nB                                             LIBRARY /LIST command,3                                                13-1t  H                                                                  Index-3    c            B      List data type,  9-1                 Multiple copies (cont'd)D      List numbering tool,  9-1             with PAGE_LIMIT parameter6      Log file,  17-1                          ,  10-10C      /LOWERCASE qualifier,  B-10          Multiple files, printing, /      LPS$STATUSDICT.PS file,                1-4rC         4-4                               Multiple PostScript files   A                                             with SIDES parameter, 0      M__________________________            10-6        Macintosh systemsE        problems with files, 17-4          N__________________________ ?      Macros, including in PCL             /NAME qualifier, B-11 4         print jobs, 7-10                  Native PCL@      Manual feed, selecting,               restrictions to print>         3-5                                   parameters,  7-49      MANUAL_FEED keyword,  3-5            Native PCL mode86      /MARGIN qualifier,  12-3              using,  7-1@      Margins                              /NOFEED qualifier, 5-2?        suppressing, 5-2                   /NOTE qualifier, B-110B      Margins, alternating,  11-3          /NOTIFY qualifier, 17-1,0      MARGINS layup option,  11-7            B-11B      Media                                /[NO]TRUNCATE qualifier,0        selecting, 10-6                      12-3C        specifying, 3-2                    /[NO]WRAP qualifier, 12-3cC      MEDIA_TYPE parameter,  3-2,          NUMBER_UP parameter, 1-4, 0         3-3                                 10-7D      Messages                              with input tray selection>        descriptions, A-3 to A-47              operators,  10-8E        facility code, A-1                  with multiple files,  10-8 A        format, A-2                         with page orientation, 2        interpreting, 17-2                     10-8        layup definition error,          A-47 to A-49rE        obtaining, B-11                    O__________________________   C        operator, A-1                      ONE_SIDED_DUPLEX keyword,s0        PRINT /NOTIFY command,               10-2D          A-1                              ONE_SIDED_SIMPLEX keyword,0        receiving, 17-1                      10-2C        severity level of, A-2             ONE_SIDED_TUMBLE keyword,{0        system, A-1                          10-2@      MESSAGES parameter,  17-1            Operator intervention,0      /MODIFIED qualifier,  B-11             B-12       Multiple copies,  B-6, B-10        printing, 1-4        Index-4 n  i            B         /OPERATOR qualifier, B-12           /PARAMETERS qualifier,3         Orientation, specifying,               B-12nE           1-3                               /PASSALL qualifier,  5-2,e3         Output tray, manual                    B-12 5           selection,  3-6                   PCL filesfD         Output trays, selecting,              avoiding problems withC           3-5                                    PJL and TBCP, 7-10 D         OUTPUT_TRAY parameter, 3-5            including fonts,  7-10E                                               including macros,  7-10oD         P__________________________           native PCL mode,  7-13E         Page grid, setting, 11-7              native PCL printing andtD         Page order, setting, 11-8                Automatic DATA_TYPE@         PAGEORDER layup option,                  detection, 7-12F           11-8                                native PCL restrictions,4         Page protection, 18-7                    7-4>         Page sizes                            page sizes,  7-3G          changing,  10-13                     PC driver settings,  7-10oG          specifying,  10-12                   PJL and TBCP, descriptionn9          specifying for PCL print                of, 7-11IF             jobs,  7-3                        preventing problems with;          specifying for Proprinter               DCPS, 7-11 F             print jobs,  8-11                 preventing problems withA         PAGESPERSHEET layup option,              PostScript, 7-111<           11-11                               printing,  7-1B         /PAGES qualifier, B-12                problems with,  7-12G         PAGE_LIMIT parameter, 1-5,            using setup modules,  7-9 :           10-9                              PCL translatorD          with duplex print jobs,              front panel mode,  7-5=             10-11                             modifying,  7-3C/          with multiple copies,              PCsrH             10-10                             problems with files,  17-4?         PAGE_ORIENTATION parameter,         Portrait and tumble =           1-3                                  printing, 10-4 A         /PAGE_SETUP qualifier,              Portrait orientation,n>           12-3                                 specifying, 1-3A         PAGE_SIZE parameter, 3-2,           Positional qualifiersI;                                               /COPIES,  B-6a9           7-3, 10-12                          /FEED,  B-8 =         Parameters                            /PASSALL,  B-12 D          order of defaulting,  C-4          PostScript errors,  17-2@          specifying,  C-1                   PostScript extension<          syntax,  C-3                          operator, 4-4      H                                                                  Index-5 a  s            =      PostScript files                     Print jobs (cont'd),?        printer-independent, 4-3            remote system,  B-13aC        printer-specific, 4-3               restarting,  10-11, B-14g9        printing, 4-1                       retained,  2-3I;        printing multiple, 10-6             retaining,  B-14l8      PostScript operators                  stalled,  2-3:        for changing trays, 5-4             stapling,  15-2A        suppressing, 4-4                    submitting for another 9      Printable area, changing                 user,  B-17L:         for Proprinter print              PRINT parameters8         jobs, 8-8                          list of,  C-1D      PRINT command                         order of defaulting,  C-4;        /NOTIFY qualifier, A-1              specifying,  C-1 ;        parameters, C-1                    PrintServer imagei=        /PARAMETERS qualifier,               interpreter,  6-1 >          C-1                              PrintServer printers:           syntax, C-3                      problems,  17-4C      PRINT command qualifiers,            /PRIORITY qualifier, B-13MA         B-1                               Problems, solving, 17-1lE      Printer PCL mode,  7-1               Program listings, printing, /      Printer-specific                       9-1WE         information, 18-1                 Proprinter files, printing,A4      Print file, deleting,  B-7             8-1, 8-8B      Printing                             PROPRINTER-FULL-PAGE.LUP6        forms, B-9                           file,  8-9?        multiple copies, B-6               Proprinter print jobsyC      Printing problems                     including soft fonts in,s2        solving, 17-1                          8-12A      Print jobs                            specifying input trays 8        aborting, 2-3                          for,  8-11@        deleting, 2-5                       specifying page sizes8        displaying, 2-1                        for,  8-11C        double-spaced, B-16                Proprinter setup modules, 0        duplex with PAGE_LIMIT               8-12@          parameter,  10-11                Proprinter translator,;        finding status, 2-2                  modifying,  8-3pA        holding, 2-2, B-4, B-10            PS_SUPPLEMENT file, 4-5 ?        listing, 2-1, 2-4                  Punching output, 15-1t?        modifying, 2-6                     PUNCH parameter, 15-1         naming, B-11         pending, 2-2         printing, 2-2        priority, B-13a        punching, 15-1         releasing, 2-6d        Index-6                 B                                             Setup modules (cont'd)G         Q__________________________           for PCL print jobs,  7-9,i  5         Qualifiers                               7-10bB          /PARAMETERS,  C-1                    for Proprinter print;         Queue                                    jobs, 8-12r>          specifying,  B-13                    including,  B-15=         Queue default                         locating,  13-1tG          forms,  12-4                         printing complex pages on D         /QUEUE qualifier, B-13                   DEClaser 5100, 18-7<         Queues, displaying, 2-4               used with form  B                                                  definitions, 12-3H         R__________________________           using in print jobs,  13-1  D         Range of pages, printing,           /SETUP qualifier,  12-3,9           1-5, 10-9                            13-1, B-15oC         /RELEASE qualifier, 2-2,            Sheet margins, setting,h3           2-6                                  11-7 6         Remote printer, B-13                Sheet size?         /REMOTE qualifier, B-13               specifying,  10-6dG         /REQUEUE qualifier, 2-6             SHEET_COUNT parameter,  1-4 G         /RESTART qualifier, B-14            SHEET_SIZE parameter,  3-2,n:         /RETAIN qualifier, B-14                10-6, 10-12E                                             SHOW ENTRY command,  2-1,e2         S__________________________            2-3D         Separation pages                    SHOW QUEUE command,  2-4E          displaying,  14-2                  SHOW QUEUE /FORM command,t3         setbottomtray operator,                12-1 G           5-5                               SIDES parameter,  1-2, 10-2 ;         SET ENTRY command, 2-6                values,  10-2dF         setenvelopefeedertray                 with multiple PostScript<           operator,  8-12                        files, 10-6<         setlcittray operator, 5-5           Simplex printingB         setmanualfeedtray operator,           specifying with ANSIF           5-5                                    escape sequences, 5-6C         setpapertray operator, 5-5          /SINCE qualifier,  B-15.>         settoptray operator, 5-5,           SoftFont kit,  5-46           8-12                              Soft fontsF         Setup modules                         for PCL print jobs,  7-9D          custom,  13-2                        including in PCL print;          definition,  13-1                       jobs, 7-10 E          displaying the contents              including in ProprinteraA             of,  13-3                            print jobs, 8-12l5          for DECimage,  13-4                SoftFonts G                                               for ANSI print jobs,  D-1 >                                               specifying,  5-2  H                                                                  Index-7 v  .            C      /SPACE qualifier,  5-2,              /TRAILER qualifier, 14-1,o0         B-16                                B-16E      Spacing, modifying,  5-2             Tumble printing, specifyingn3      Specifying                             ,  10-2 =        PAGE_SIZE and SHEET_SIZE           Two-sided printing, B          parameters,  10-13                 specifying,  1-2, 10-2C      STAPLE parameter,  15-3              TWO_SIDED_DUPLEX keyword,o0      Stapling output,  15-2                 10-2D      /STOCK qualifier,  12-3              TWO_SIDED_SIMPLEX keyword,0      /SUMMARY qualifier,  2-5               10-2  C      System messages                      TWO_SIDED_TUMBLE keyword,   0        See Messages                         10-2  E      T__________________________          U__________________________e  ?      TAB keyword,  5-3                    /USER qualifier, B-17 C      Tables, printing,  9-1               /USER_NAME qualifier, 2-4 	      TabsaE        modifying, 5-2                     V__________________________ C        suppressing, 5-2                   Vector encoding examples, /      Text and PostScript files              E-2         printing, 4-1+      Text files, printing,  9-1           W E      Trailer pages,  B-16                 ___________________________ @                                           /WIDTH qualifier, 12-3                                          Index-8